JP6959271B2 - Pachinko machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player and can be set to any of a plurality of set values that have different advantages for the player.

Conventionally, in a gaming machine in which a plurality of setting values having different advantages for a player can be set, a setting suggestion effect for displaying characters such as a giraffe, an elephant, and a lion suggesting the set setting value is displayed at the time of change. (See, for example, Patent Document 1).

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-200902

However, in Patent Document 1, there is a problem that the effects other than the setting suggestion effect are not considered, and the improvement of the game entertainment by the setting suggestion effect may be insufficient.

The present invention has been made by paying attention to such a problem, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the enjoyment of gaming.

The gaming machine of means 1 is
It is possible to control an advantageous state (for example, a jackpot gaming state) that is advantageous to the player, and it is possible to set one of a plurality of set values (for example, 1 to 6) having different advantages for the player. A game machine (for example, pachinko game machine 1)
A display means capable of displaying an image (for example, an image display device 5) and
An effect execution means capable of executing a notice effect suggesting that the control is performed in an advantageous state and a setting suggestion effect suggesting a set value.
With
The setting suggestion effect is an effect in which a setting suggestion image, which is an effect image that does not include a display capable of specifying a set setting value, can be displayed at any of a plurality of setting values, and is set. It is possible to suggest the set value by displaying the setting suggestion image at a different ratio according to the set value.
Wherein the informational display of the specific image is displayed on the display unit, and the setting suggested production which is smaller the setting suggestion image differently than the image and the specific image is displayed on the display means with said specific image, is the presentation When executed in parallel by the executing means, the setting suggestion image is displayed preferentially by being superimposed on the specific image so as to be on the player side of the specific image, thereby displaying the setting. The suggested image is displayed so as to have higher visibility than the specific image (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-39 (E), the image display device 5 is a set of the reel image 245SG005G and the characters A to C. When the image 245SG005v is displayed at the same time, the part where the reel image 245SG005G is displayed with priority over the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C)
It is characterized by that.
again,
Equipped with motion detection means that can detect a player's predetermined motion,
The effect executing means is
While the operation promotion notification effect for prompting the execution of the predetermined operation can be executed when the advance notice effect is executed, it is not executed when the setting suggestion effect is executed.
It is possible to execute a notice effect for displaying the specific image based on the detection of a predetermined operation by the operation detection means in association with the execution of the operation promotion notification effect.
It is possible to execute the setting suggestion effect of displaying the setting suggestion image based on the detection of the predetermined motion by the motion detection means without the execution of the motion promotion notification effect.
It is characterized by that.
According to these features, since the setting suggestion image is easier to see than the specific image, it becomes easier for the player to make a guess about the setting suggestion, and the game interest can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 2 is the gaming machine according to the means 1.
The display means can display a game progress information display (for example, the fourth symbol 245SG005F or the error notification image 245SG005J) corresponding to the progress of the game.
When the game progress information display and the setting suggestion image are simultaneously displayed on the display means, the game progress information display is displayed so as to have higher visibility than the setting suggestion image (for example). As shown in FIG. 8-39 (F), when the reel image 245SG005G and the error notification image 245SG005J are displayed at the same time on the image display device 5, the error notification image 245SG005J is displayed with priority over the reel image 245SG005G. Part to be done)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, since the visibility of the game progress information display can be ensured, it is possible to prevent misidentification of the game progress information display.

The gaming machine of the means 3 is the gaming machine according to the means 1 or the means 2.
A gaming machine capable of executing variable display in a specific display area of the display means (for example, each decorative symbol display area 5L, 5C, 5R of "left", "middle", and "right").
When the setting suggestion image is displayed in the specific display area, the setting suggestion image is displayed so as to have higher visibility than the variable display image variably displayed in the specific display area (for example). , As shown in FIG. 8-39 (B), when the reel image 245SG005G is overlapped with the symbol display area 5C in the image display device 5, the reel image 245SG005G has priority over the decorative symbol of the symbol display area 5C. (The part displayed as)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the visibility of the setting suggestion image can be ensured in the specific display area, so that the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 4 is the gaming machine according to any one of the means 1 to the means 3.
The display means has an effect-related image display area (for example, a first hold storage display area 245SG005D and a second hold storage display area 245SG005D) capable of displaying at least an effect-related image (for example, a hold display) related to an effect different from the advance notice effect and the setting suggestion effect. Has a hold storage display area 245SG005U)
When the setting suggestion image is duplicated in the effect-related image display area, the setting suggestion image has higher visibility than the effect-related image displayed in the effect-related image display area. (For example, as shown in FIG. 8-37 (B), when the reel image 245SG005G is overlapped with the first hold storage display area 245SG005D, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed in the first hold storage display area 245SG005D. The part that is displayed with priority over 245SG005D)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the visibility of the setting suggestion image can be ensured in the effect-related image display area, so that the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 5 is the gaming machine according to any one of the means 1 to the means 4.
As the specific image, the effect executing means includes a first specific image (for example, an image 245SG005s of a character A indicating that the jackpot expectation is low) and a second specific image (for example, a character A indicating that the jackpot expectation is high). The group image of ~ C 245SG005v) can be displayed on the display means.
When the first specific image and the setting suggestion image are simultaneously displayed on the display means, the setting suggestion image is displayed so as to have higher visibility than the first specific image (for example,). As shown in FIG. 8-50 (D), when the reel image 245SG005G and the image 245SG005s of the character A are displayed at the same time on the image display device 5, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed with priority over the image 245SG005s of the character A. Part to be done),
When the second specific image and the setting suggestion image are simultaneously displayed on the display means, the second specific image and the setting suggestion image are displayed in different display areas (for example, FIG. 8-). As shown in 50 (E), when the reel image 245SG005G and the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C are simultaneously displayed on the image display device 5, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed at the lower right of the image display device 5. A part to be displayed and displaying a group image 245SG005v of characters A to C at the upper part of the image display device 5)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the visibility of the setting suggestion image can be ensured, and when the second specific image is displayed, the visibility of the second specific image can also be ensured. By directing both, the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of means 6 is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 5.
In the setting suggestion effect, the effect execution means can display a special setting suggestion image corresponding to the control of the advantageous state on the display means (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-37 (E), a reel effect. The part where the "7" symbol, which indicates that the variable display result is a big hit, can be stopped and displayed)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, attention to the setting suggestion effect can be increased, and the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 7 is the gaming machine according to the means 6.
As the advantageous state, a first advantageous state (for example, a jackpot gaming state of jackpot A) and a second advantageous state (for example, a jackpot gaming state of jackpot B or jackpot C) which is more advantageous for the player than the first advantageous state). And have
The effect executing means can display a special setting suggestion image corresponding to the second advantageous state on the display means as the special setting suggestion image (for example, FIG. 8-51 (C) as a modification 245SG-10 and FIG. As shown in FIG. 8-51 (D), when the variable display result is a big hit and the big hit type is a big hit A, the white "7" symbol can be stopped and displayed as a reel effect, and the variable display result is a big hit. If the jackpot type is jackpot B or jackpot C, the black "7" symbol can be stopped and displayed as a reel effect)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, attention to the setting suggestion effect can be further increased, and the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of means 8 is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 7.
The effect executing means includes a non-suggestion image (for example, a "bell" symbol) that does not suggest the setting, and as the setting suggestion image, a first setting suggestion image (for example, a "watermelon" symbol) and the first setting suggestion image. It is characterized in that it is possible to display a second setting suggestion image (for example, a “cherry” symbol) suggesting that a setting value more advantageous to the player is set.
According to this feature, it is possible to pay attention to the type of the image displayed in the setting suggestion effect, so that the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 9 is the gaming machine according to any one of the means 1 to the means 8.
The effect executing means is
As the advance notice effect, an effect in which the specific image is in a predetermined operation state (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-52 (C) as a modification 245SG-11, a plurality of characters right the display area of the image display device 5). It is possible to perform a group production that crosses from the direction to the left),
The setting suggestion image can be superimposed and displayed on the specific image in the predetermined operating state (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-52 (C) as a modified example 245SG-11, the image display device 5 In the part where the reel image 245SG005G is displayed with priority over the group production)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to prevent the visibility of the setting suggestion image from being lowered when the specific image is in a predetermined operation state.

The gaming machine of the means 10 is the gaming machine according to any one of the means 1 to the means 9.
A motion detecting means (for example, a stick controller 31A and a push button 31B) capable of detecting a predetermined motion of a player is provided.
The effect executing means is
It is possible to execute an operation promotion notification effect (for example, a portion displaying the operation promotion image 245SG005H in the image display device 5 as shown in FIG. 8-38 (B)) that prompts the execution of the predetermined operation.
As the advance notice effect, the specific image can be displayed based on the detection of the predetermined operation by the operation detection means, accompanied by the execution of the operation promotion notification effect (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-38, the advance notice effect). Is the image of the character A 245SG005s, the image of the character B 245SG005t, the image of the character C 245SG005u, and the characters A to C by operating the push button 31B after the operation promotion image 245SG005H is displayed on the image display device 5. The part where any of the group image 245SG005v is displayed),
As the setting suggestion effect, the setting suggestion image can be displayed based on the detection of the predetermined motion by the motion detection means without executing the motion promotion notification effect (for example, as shown in FIGS. 8-37). In the reel effect, the operation promotion image 245SG005H is not displayed on the image display device 5, and the player operates the stick controller 31A to display "cherry", "watermelon", "7", and "cherry" on the reel image 245SG005G. The part where one of the "Gekiatsu", "Chance", and "Bell" symbols is stopped and displayed)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the setting suggestion effect in which the suggestion by the setting suggestion image is performed is not accompanied by the operation promotion notification effect, and the setting suggestion effect is not executed for the player who is not interested in the suggestion regarding the setting suggestion. On the other hand, since the player who is interested in the suggestion regarding the setting suggestion can execute the setting suggestion effect, the effect that suits the player's taste can be executed.

The present invention may have only the invention-specific matters described in the claims of the present invention, and has a configuration other than the invention-specific matters together with the invention-specific matters described in the claims of the present invention. It may be a thing.

It is a front view of the pachinko gaming machine in this embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows various control boards mounted on a pachinko gaming machine. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the game control main processing. It is a flowchart which shows an example of timer interrupt processing for game control. It is a flowchart which shows an example of 1st special symbol process processing. It is a flowchart which shows an example of the effect control main processing. It is a flowchart which shows an example of an effect control process process. It is a front view of a pachinko machine. It is a block diagram which shows various control boards mounted on a pachinko gaming machine. It is a rear perspective view of a pachinko machine. (A) and (B) are diagrams illustrating production control commands. It is explanatory drawing which shows each random number. It is a figure which illustrates the fluctuation pattern. It is explanatory drawing which shows the display result determination table. It is explanatory drawing which shows the display result determination table. It is explanatory drawing which shows the display result determination table. It is explanatory drawing which shows the display result determination table. It is explanatory drawing which shows the jackpot type determination table. It is explanatory drawing which shows the content of each big hit. (A) is an explanatory diagram showing a fluctuation pattern determination table for big hits, and (B) is an explanatory diagram showing a fluctuation pattern determination table for small hits. It is explanatory drawing which shows the variation pattern determination table for detachment. It is a flowchart which shows the start winning prize determination processing. It is a flowchart which shows the random value value determination processing at the time of a prize. It is a flowchart which shows the effect control main processing. It is a flowchart which shows the effect control process process. It is a flowchart which shows the variable display start setting process. It is a flowchart which shows the reel production determination process. (A) to (F) are explanatory views which show the determination ratio of each effect result of a reel effect. It is a flowchart which shows the cut-in effect determination process. It is a flowchart which shows the cut-in effect determination process. It is a flowchart which shows the cut-in effect determination process. It is explanatory drawing which shows the execution decision ratio of the cut-in effect and the determination rate of an effect pattern. It is explanatory drawing which shows the execution decision ratio of the cut-in effect and the determination rate of an effect pattern. It is explanatory drawing of the production pattern of a cut-in effect. It is explanatory drawing which shows the execution decision ratio in the cut-in effect pattern CI-3. It is a flowchart which shows the advance notice production decision processing. It is explanatory drawing which shows the execution ratio of the advance notice effect and the determination rate of an effect pattern, and is explanatory drawing of the effect pattern of the advance notice effect. It is explanatory drawing of the acceptance period of the button operation for each variation pattern, the reel effect execution enable period, and the notice effect execution enable period. It is explanatory drawing of the acceptance period of the button operation for each variation pattern, the reel effect execution enable period, and the notice effect execution enable period. It is explanatory drawing of the acceptance period of the button operation for each variation pattern, the reel effect execution enable period, and the notice effect execution enable period. It is explanatory drawing of the acceptance period of the button operation for each variation pattern, the reel effect execution enable period, and the notice effect execution enable period. It is explanatory drawing of each effect which can be executed in the variable display. It is explanatory drawing about the drawing layer of an effect image. It is a figure which shows the effect mode of the reel effect in the variable display. It is a figure which shows the effect mode of the cut-in effect which is executed when the reel effect is not executed. It is a figure which shows the effect mode of the cut-in effect which is executed at the time of executing a reel effect. It is a figure which shows the production mode of the cut-in effect in the variable display. It is a figure which shows the notification mode of the variable display result for every variation pattern. It is explanatory drawing which shows the execution decision ratio of the cut-in effect and the decision rate of an effect pattern in a modification 245SG-1. It is explanatory drawing which shows the execution decision ratio of the cut-in effect and the decision rate of the effect pattern in the modification 245SG-2. It is explanatory drawing which shows the execution decision ratio of the cut-in effect and the decision rate of the effect pattern in the modification 245SG-3. It is explanatory drawing which shows the execution decision ratio of the advance notice effect and the determination rate of an effect pattern in a modification 245SG-4. It is explanatory drawing which shows the execution decision ratio of the cut-in effect and the decision rate of the effect pattern in the modification 245SG-5. It is explanatory drawing which shows the execution decision ratio of the cut-in effect and the decision rate of an effect pattern in a modification 245SG-6. It is a figure which shows the execution period of the set value suggestion effect and the execution decision ratio of the set value suggestion effect in the modification 245SG-7. It is a figure which shows the effect mode of the cut-in effect executed at the time of executing a reel effect in the modification 245SG-8. It is a figure which shows the effect mode of the cut-in effect executed at the time of executing a reel effect in the modification 245SG-9. It is a figure which shows the flow of the variable display of a jackpot which is executed at the time of executing a reel production in the modification 245SG-10. It is a figure which shows the effect mode of the advance notice effect which is executed at the time of executing a reel effect in the modification 245SG-11. FIG. 5 is an explanatory diagram of a button operation acceptance period, a reel effect executable period, and a notice effect executable period in the case of normal reach or super reach in the modified example 245SG-12. It is explanatory drawing which shows the flow of selection of the effect mode in the modification 245SG-13. It is explanatory drawing which shows the effect mode of the cut-in effect which suggests the set value in the modification 245SG-14.

(Basic explanation)
First, the basic configuration and control of the pachinko gaming machine 1 (also the configuration and control of a general pachinko gaming machine) will be described.

(Configuration of pachinko machine 1 etc.)
FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko gaming machine 1, showing an arrangement layout of main members. The pachinko gaming machine (gaming machine) 1 is roughly classified into a gaming board (gauge board) 2 constituting the game board surface and a game machine frame (underframe) 3 for supporting and fixing the game board 2. A game area is formed on the game board 2, and a game ball as a game medium is launched from a predetermined ball launching device and is driven into the game area.

At a predetermined position of the game board 2 (in the example shown in FIG. 1, the right side of the game area), a variable display (also referred to as a special figure game) of a special symbol (also referred to as a special figure) as a plurality of types of special identification information is displayed. The first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B to be performed are provided. Each of these consists of a 7-segment LED or the like. The special symbol is represented by a number indicating "0" to "9" or a lighting pattern such as "-". The special symbol may include a pattern in which all the LEDs are turned off.

The "variable display" of the special symbol is, for example, to display a plurality of types of special symbols in a variable manner (the same applies to other symbols described later). Fluctuations include update display of a plurality of symbols, scroll display of a plurality of symbols, deformation of one or more symbols, enlargement / reduction of one or more symbols, and the like. When the special symbol or the ordinary symbol described later is changed, a plurality of types of special symbols or ordinary symbols are updated and displayed. In the variation of the decorative symbol described later, a plurality of types of decorative symbols are scrolled or updated, and one or more decorative symbols are deformed or enlarged / reduced. The variation also includes a mode in which a certain symbol is blinked and displayed. At the end of the variable display, a predetermined special symbol is stopped (also referred to as derivation or derivation display) as a display result (the same applies to the variable display of other symbols described later). The variable display may be expressed as a variable display or a variable display.

The special symbol variably displayed on the first special symbol display device 4A is also referred to as a "first special symbol", and the special symbol variably displayed on the second special symbol display device 4B is also referred to as a "second special symbol". Further, the special figure game using the first special figure is also referred to as a "first special figure game", and the special figure game using the second special figure is also referred to as a "second special figure game". It should be noted that there may be one type of special symbol display device that performs variable display of the special symbol.

An image display device 5 is provided near the center of the game area on the game board 2. The image display device 5 is composed of, for example, an LCD (liquid crystal display), an organic EL (Electro Luminescence), or the like, and displays various effects images. The image display device 5 may be composed of a projector and a screen. Various effects images are displayed on the image display device 5.

For example, on the screen of the image display device 5, a decorative symbol (a symbol indicating a number or the like) as a plurality of types of decorative identification information different from the special symbol is synchronized with the first special figure game or the second special figure game. Is variable display. Here, in synchronization with the first special figure game or the second special figure game, the decorative symbols are variably displayed (for example, up and down) in the decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R of "left", "middle", and "right". Direction scroll display and update display). It should be noted that the special figure game and the variable display of the decorative pattern that are executed in synchronization are also collectively referred to as simply variable display.

On the screen of the image display device 5, a display area for displaying a hold display corresponding to the variable display in which execution is suspended or an active display corresponding to the variable display being executed may be provided. Hold display and active display are collectively referred to as variable display compatible display corresponding to variable display.

The number of variable displays on hold is also called the number of stored items on hold. The number of reserved storage corresponding to the first special figure game is also referred to as the first reserved storage number, and the number of reserved storage corresponding to the second special figure game is also referred to as the second reserved storage number. Further, the total of the first reserved storage number and the second reserved storage number is also referred to as a total reserved storage number.

Further, at a predetermined position of the game board 2, a first hold indicator 25A and a second hold indicator 25B configured to include a plurality of LEDs are provided, and the first hold indicator 25A has the number of LEDs lit. The first hold storage number is displayed, and the second hold display 25B displays the second hold storage number according to the number of LEDs lit.

Below the image display device 5, a winning ball device 6A and a variable winning ball device 6B are provided.

The winning ball device 6A forms, for example, a first starting winning opening that is always maintained in a constant open state in which a game ball can enter by a predetermined ball receiving member. When a game ball enters the first start winning opening, a predetermined number (for example, three) of prize balls may be paid out and the first special figure game may be started.

The variable winning ball device 6B (ordinary electric accessory) forms a second starting winning opening that is changed between a closed state and an open state by a solenoid 81 (see FIG. 2). The variable winning ball device 6B includes, for example, an electric tulip-shaped accessory having a pair of movable wing pieces, and the movable wing pieces are in a vertical position when the solenoid 81 is in the off state, so that the tip of the movable wing pieces is in a vertical position. Is close to the winning ball device 6A and is in a closed state in which the game ball does not enter the second starting winning opening (also referred to as the second starting winning opening is closed). On the other hand, the variable-sweep wing device 6B is in an open state in which the game ball can enter the second start winning opening because the movable wing piece is in the tilted position when the solenoid 81 is on (second start). It is also said that the winning opening is open.) When a game ball enters the second start winning opening, a predetermined number (for example, three) of prize balls can be paid out and the second special figure game can be started. The variable winning ball device 6B may be any as long as it changes between the closed state and the open state, and is not limited to the one provided with the electric tulip type accessory.

At predetermined positions of the game board 2 (in the example shown in FIG. 1, four locations on the lower left and right sides of the game area), general winning openings 10 are provided, which are always kept in a constant open state by a predetermined ball receiving member. In this case, when entering any of the general winning openings 10, a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls are paid out as prize balls.

Below the winning ball device 6A and the variable winning ball device 6B, a special variable winning ball device 7 having a large winning opening is provided. The special variable winning ball device 7 includes a large winning opening door that is opened and closed by a solenoid 82 (see FIG. 2), and has a large winning opening as a specific area that changes between an open state and a closed state depending on the large winning opening door. Form.

As an example, in the special variable winning ball device 7, when the solenoid 82 for the big winning door (for special electric accessory) is off, the big winning door closes the big winning door and the game ball is large. You will not be able to enter (pass) the winning opening. On the other hand, in the special variable winning ball device 7, when the solenoid 82 for the large winning opening door is on, the large winning opening door opens the large winning opening, and the game ball can easily enter the large winning opening. Become.

When a game ball enters the large prize opening, a predetermined number (for example, 14) of game balls are paid out as a prize ball. When a game ball enters the large winning opening, more prize balls are paid out than when the game ball enters, for example, the first starting winning opening, the second starting winning opening, and the general winning opening 10.

The entry of a game ball into each winning opening including the general winning opening 10 is also referred to as "winning". In particular, winning a prize at the starting opening (first starting winning opening, second starting winning opening starting opening) is also referred to as a starting winning.

A normal symbol display 20 is provided at a predetermined position of the game board 2 (in the example shown in FIG. 1, the left side of the game area). As an example, the ordinary symbol display 20 is composed of a 7-segment LED or the like, and performs variable display of the ordinary symbol as a plurality of types of ordinary identification information different from the special symbol. Ordinary symbols are represented by numbers indicating "0" to "9" and lighting patterns such as "-". The normal symbol may include a pattern in which all the LEDs are turned off. Such a variable display of a normal pattern is also called a normal figure game.

A passing gate 41 through which a game ball can pass is provided on the left side of the image display device 5. Based on the fact that the game ball has passed through the passing gate 41, the normal drawing game is executed.

Above the normal symbol display 20, a normal symbol hold display 25C is provided. The normal figure hold display 25C is configured to include, for example, four LEDs, and displays the number of normal figure hold storages, which is the number of normal figure games whose execution is held, by the number of LEDs lit.

In addition to the above configuration, the surface of the game board 2 is provided with a windmill for changing the flow direction and speed of the game ball and a large number of obstacle nails. At the bottom of the game area, there is an out opening for taking in a game ball that has not entered any of the winning openings.

Speakers 8L and 8R for reproducing and outputting sound effects and the like are provided at the upper left and right positions of the game machine frame 3, and game effect lamps 9 for game effects are further provided around the game area. ing. The game effect lamp 9 is configured to include an LED.

At a predetermined position of the game board 2 (not shown in FIG. 1), a movable body 32 that operates according to the effect is provided.

At the lower right position of the gaming machine frame 3, a ball striking operation handle (operation knob) 30 operated by a player or the like to launch the game ball toward the game area by the striking ball launching device is provided.

At a predetermined position of the gaming machine frame 3 below the gaming area, the gaming balls paid out as prize balls and the gaming balls rented by the predetermined ball lending machine are held (stored) so as to be able to be supplied to the hitting ball launching device. ) A hitting ball supply plate (upper plate) is provided. Below the upper plate, a hit ball supply plate (lower plate) is provided, in which prize balls are paid out when the upper plate is full.

A stick controller 31A that can be gripped and tilted by the player is attached to a predetermined position of the gaming machine frame 3 below the gaming area. The stick controller 31A is provided with a trigger button that can be pressed and operated by the player. The operation on the stick controller 31A is detected by the controller sensor unit 35A (see FIG. 2).

A push button 31B is provided at a predetermined position of the gaming machine frame 3 below the gaming area so that the player can perform a predetermined instruction operation by a pressing operation or the like. The operation on the push button 31B is detected by the push sensor 35B (see FIG. 2).

In the pachinko gaming machine 1, stick controller 31A and push button 31B are provided as detection means for detecting the movement (operation, etc.) of the player, but detection means other than these may be provided.

(Outline of the progress of the game)
The game ball is launched toward the game area by the rotation operation of the ball striking operation handle 30 included in the pachinko game machine 1 by the player. When the game ball passes through the passing gate 41, the normal symbol game by the normal symbol display 20 is started. In addition, when the game ball passes through the passing gate 41 during the period during which the previous normal drawing game is being executed (when the game ball has passed through the passing gate 41 but the normal drawing game based on the passage cannot be executed immediately). , The normal map game based on the passage is suspended up to a predetermined upper limit (for example, 4).

In this normal symbol game, if a specific normal symbol (design per normal symbol) is stopped and displayed, the display result of the normal symbol becomes "per normal symbol". On the other hand, if a normal symbol other than the normal symbol (a symbol that is out of the normal symbol) is stopped and displayed as a confirmed normal symbol, the display result of the normal symbol is "out of the normal symbol". When it becomes "per normal drawing", the opening control is performed so that the variable winning ball device 6B is opened for a predetermined period (the second starting winning opening is opened).

When the game ball enters the first starting winning opening formed in the winning ball device 6A, the first special symbol game by the first special symbol display device 4A is started.

When the game ball enters the second starting winning opening formed in the variable winning ball device 6B, the second special symbol game by the second special symbol display device 4B is started.

In addition, when the game ball enters (wins) the start winning opening during the period during which the special figure game is being executed or during the period controlled by the big hit game state or the small hit game state described later (although the start prize has occurred). If the special figure game based on the start winning cannot be executed immediately), the execution of the special figure game based on the approach is suspended up to a predetermined upper limit (for example, 4).

In the special symbol game, if a specific special symbol (big hit symbol, for example, "7", the actual symbol differs depending on the jackpot type described later) is stopped and displayed as a confirmed special symbol, it becomes a "big hit" and a jackpot symbol. If a predetermined special symbol (small hit symbol, for example, "2") different from the above is stopped and displayed, it becomes "small hit". Further, if a special symbol (missing symbol, for example, "-") different from the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed, it becomes "missing".

After the display result in the special figure game becomes "big hit", it is controlled to the big hit game state as an advantageous state advantageous for the player. After the display result in the special figure game becomes "small hit", it is controlled to the small hit game state.

In the big hit game state, the player can obtain the prize ball by letting the game ball enter the big prize opening. Therefore, the jackpot gaming state is an advantageous state for the player. The larger the number of rounds in the jackpot game state and the longer the open upper limit period, the more advantageous it is for the player.

A jackpot type is set for "big hit". For example, multiple types of opening modes (number of rounds and opening upper limit period) of the big winning opening and game states after the big hit game state (normal state, time saving state, probability change state, etc., which will be described later) are prepared, and the big hit is made according to these. The type is set. As the jackpot type, a jackpot type in which a large number of prize balls can be obtained or a jackpot type in which a small number of prize balls or almost no prize balls can be obtained may be provided.

In the small hit game state, the large winning opening formed by the special variable winning ball device 7 is opened in a predetermined opening mode. For example, in the small hit game state, the same opening mode as the big hit game state in some big hit types (the number of times the big winning opening is opened is the same as the number of rounds, and the closing timing of the big winning opening is also the same. Etc.), the big winning opening is opened. As with the big hit type, the small hit type may be provided for the "small hit".

After the jackpot game state is completed, it may be controlled to a time saving state or a probability change state according to the jackpot type.

In the time saving state, control (time saving control) is executed in which the average special figure fluctuation time (period in which the special figure is changed) is shortened as compared with the normal state. In the time saving state, the average fluctuation time of the normal map (the period during which the normal map is changed) is shortened from the normal state, and the probability of becoming a "normal map hit" in the normal map game is improved from the normal state. Controls (high opening control, high base control) that make it easier for the game ball to enter the second starting winning opening are also executed. The time saving state is a state in which the fluctuation efficiency of the special symbol (particularly the second special symbol) is improved, which is advantageous for the player.

In the probability variation state (probability fluctuation state), in addition to the time saving control, the probability variation control in which the probability that the display result becomes a "big hit" is higher than in the normal state is executed. The probabilistic state is a state that is more advantageous for the player because it is a state in which a “big hit” is likely to occur in addition to improving the fluctuation efficiency of the special symbol.

The time saving state and the probability change state continue until any one of the end conditions such as the execution of the special figure game a predetermined number of times and the start of the next big hit game state are satisfied first. A game whose end condition is that the special figure game has been executed a predetermined number of times is also referred to as a number-cutting (time-cutting time reduction, number-cutting probability change, etc.).

The normal state is a gaming state other than a special state such as an advantageous state such as a big hit gaming state, a time saving state, or a probability change state, which is advantageous for the player, and the display result in the normal drawing game is "normal drawing hit". The pachinko game machine 1 such as the probability and the probability that the display result in the special figure game becomes a "big hit" returns to a predetermined state after the power is turned on (for example, when a system reset is performed). It is in the same controlled state as (when the process is not executed).

The state in which the probability change control is executed is also called a high probability state, and the state in which the probability change control is not executed is also called a low probability state. The state in which the time saving control is executed is also called a high base state, and the state in which the time saving control is not executed is also called a low base state. By combining these, it is also called a low-accuracy high-base state in the time-saving state, a high-accuracy high-base state in the probabilistic state, and a low-accuracy low-base state in the normal state. The high-accuracy state and low-base state are also called the high-accuracy low-base state.

After the small hit game state ends, the game state is not changed, and the game state is continuously controlled to the game state before the display result of the special figure game becomes "small hit" (however, "small hit" occurs. If the special figure game at the time is the special figure game of the predetermined number of times in the above number of times cut, the game state is naturally changed). It should be noted that there may be no "small hit" as the display result of the special figure game.

The game state may change based on the fact that the game ball has passed through a specific area (for example, a specific area in the big winning opening) during the big hit game state. For example, when the game ball passes through a specific area, it may be controlled to a probabilistic state after the big hit game state.

(Progress of production, etc.)
In the pachinko gaming machine 1, various effects (effects of notifying the progress of the game and enlivening the game) are executed according to the progress of the game. The production will be described below. The effect is performed by displaying various effect images on the image display device 5, and in addition to or instead of the display, audio output from the speakers 8L and 8R and / or the game effect lamp 9 It may be performed by the point or the like / extinguishing, the operation of the movable body 32, or the like.

As an effect executed according to the progress of the game, in the decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R of the "left", "middle", and "right" provided in the image display device 5, the first special figure game or the first special figure game or the first 2 In response to the start of the special figure game, the variable display of the decorative pattern is started. At the timing when the display result (also referred to as the finalized special symbol) is stopped and displayed in the first special symbol game or the second special symbol game, the final decorative symbol (combination of three decorative symbols) that is the display result of the variable display of the decorative symbol is displayed. ) Is also displayed (derived) as a stop.

In the period from the start to the end of the variable display of the decorative symbol, the variable display mode of the decorative symbol may be a predetermined reach mode (reach is established). Here, the reach mode is a variable display of a decorative symbol that has not yet been stopped and displayed when the decorative symbol that has been stopped and displayed on the screen of the image display device 5 constitutes a part of the jackpot combination described later. It is a mode in which is continuing.

In addition, the reach effect is executed in response to the above-mentioned reach mode during the variable display of the decorative symbol. In the pachinko gaming machine 1, the ratio of the display result (display result of the special figure game or variable display of the decorative symbol) to be "big hit" (also called big hit reliability or big hit expectation) is determined according to the production mode. Multiple different types of reach effects are performed. Reach production includes, for example, normal reach and super reach, which has a higher hit reliability than normal reach.

When the display result of the special figure game is "big hit", a fixed decorative symbol that is a predetermined jackpot combination is derived as a display result of variable display of the decorative symbol on the screen of the image display device 5 (decoration). The display result of the variable display of the symbol is "big hit"). As an example, the same decorative symbols (for example, "7") are aligned and stopped and displayed on predetermined effective lines in the decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R of "left", "middle", and "right". ..

In the case of a "probability change jackpot" that is controlled to a probability change state after the end of the jackpot game state, an odd number of decorative symbols (for example, "7") are aligned and displayed as a stop, and the probability change state is entered after the end of the jackpot game state. In the case of an uncontrolled "non-probability variable jackpot (normal jackpot)", an even number of decorative symbols (for example, "6") may be aligned and displayed as a stop. In this case, the odd-numbered decorative symbol is also referred to as a probabilistic symbol, and the even-numbered decorative symbol is also referred to as a non-probable variable symbol (normal symbol). After the non-probability pattern becomes the reach mode, the promotion effect that finally becomes the "probability big hit" may be executed.

When the display result of the special figure game is "small hit", a fixed decorative symbol (for example, "for example," 1 3 5 ”etc.) Is derived (the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern is a“ small hit ”). As an example, the decorative symbols constituting the chance eyes are stopped and displayed on the predetermined effective lines in the decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R of "left", "middle", and "right". In addition, when the display result of the special figure game becomes "big hit" of some big hit types (big hit type of the big hit game state in the same mode as the small hit game state), and when it becomes "small hit". , A common fixed decorative symbol may be derived and displayed.

When the display result of the special figure game is "off", the variable display mode of the decorative symbol is not the reach mode, and the variable display result of the decorative symbol is a fixed decorative symbol of a non-reach combination ("" (Also referred to as "non-reach off") may be stopped and displayed (the display result of the variable display of the decorative pattern may be "non-reach off"). In addition, when the display result is "off", after the variable display mode of the decorative symbol is changed to the reach mode, the display result of the variable display of the decorative symbol is a predetermined reach combination that is not a jackpot combination ("reach loss"). The fixed decorative symbol (also referred to as "") may be stopped and displayed (the display result of the variable display of the decorative symbol may be "out of reach").

The effect that the pachinko gaming machine 1 can execute includes displaying the above-mentioned variable display compatible display (hold display or active display). Further, as another effect, for example, a notice effect for notifying the reliability of the jackpot is executed during the variable display of the decorative symbol. The notice effect includes a notice effect for notifying the jackpot reliability in the variable display during execution and a look-ahead notice effect for notifying the jackpot reliability in the variable display (variable display in which execution is suspended) before execution. As the look-ahead notice effect, an effect of changing the display mode of the variable display compatible display (hold display or active display) to a mode different from the usual mode may be executed.

Further, in the image display device 5, one variable display is simulated as a plurality of variable displays by temporarily stopping the decorative symbol during the variable display of the decorative symbol and then restarting the variable display. The pseudo-continuous production may be executed.

Even during the big hit game state, the big hit middle effect that notifies the big hit game state is executed. As the big hit middle effect, an effect of notifying the number of rounds and a promotion effect indicating that the value of the big hit gaming state is improved may be executed. Further, even during the small hit game state, the small hit medium effect for notifying the small hit game state is executed. It should be noted that the big hit game during the small hit game state and in some big hit types (the big hit type in the big hit game state in the same mode as the small hit game state, for example, the big hit type in which the subsequent game state is a highly accurate state). By executing a common effect depending on the state, the player may not know whether the player is currently in the small hit game state or the big hit game state. In such a case, by executing a common effect after the end of the small hit game state and after the end of the big hit game state, it is not possible to distinguish between the high accuracy state and the low accuracy state. You may.

Further, for example, when a special figure game or the like is not executed, a demo (demonstration) image is displayed on the image display device 5 (a customer waiting demo effect is executed).

(Board configuration)
For example, the pachinko gaming machine 1 is equipped with a main board 11, an effect control board 12, a voice control board 13, a lamp control board 14, a relay board 15, and the like as shown in FIG. In addition, various boards such as a payout control board, an information terminal board, a launch control board, and a power supply board are arranged on the back surface of the pachinko gaming machine 1.

The main board 11 is a control board on the main side, and the progress of the above-mentioned game in the pachinko game machine 1 (execution of a special figure game (including management of hold), execution of a normal figure game (including management of hold), and a big hit. It has a function to control a gaming state, a small hit gaming state, a gaming state, etc.). The main board 11 includes a game control microcomputer 100, a switch circuit 110, a solenoid circuit 111, and the like.

The game control microcomputer 100 mounted on the main board 11 is, for example, a one-chip microcomputer, which includes a ROM (Read Only Memory) 101, a RAM (Random Access Memory) 102, and a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 103. , A random number circuit 104 and an I / O (Input / Output port) 105 are provided.

The CPU 103 performs a process of controlling the progress of the game (a process of realizing the function of the main board 11) by executing the program stored in the ROM 101. At this time, various data stored in the ROM 101 (data such as a fluctuation pattern described later, an effect control command described later, and various tables referred to when making various decisions described later) are used, and the RAM 102 is used as the main memory. .. The RAM 102 is a backup RAM in which the stored contents are stored for a predetermined period even if a part or all of the RAM 102 is stopped from supplying power to the pachinko gaming machine 1. Note that all or part of the program stored in the ROM 101 may be expanded into the RAM 102 and executed on the RAM 102.

The random number circuit 104 updatablely counts numerical data indicating various random number values (game random numbers) used when controlling the progress of the game. The game random number may be one that is updated by the CPU 103 executing a predetermined computer program (one that is updated by software).

The I / O 105 includes, for example, an input port into which various signals (detection signals described later) are input, various signals (first special symbol display device 4A, second special symbol display device 4B, ordinary symbol display 20, first hold). It is configured to include an output port for transmitting (a signal for controlling (driving) the display 25A, the second hold display 25B, the normal figure hold display 25C, etc., and a solenoid drive signal).

The switch circuit 110 is a detection signal (a game ball passes or is passed) from various switches for detecting a game ball (gate switch 21, start port switch (first start port switch 22A and second start port switch 22B), count switch 23). It takes in a detection signal indicating that the switch has been turned on by entering and transmits it to the game control microcomputer 100. By transmitting the detection signal, the passage or approach of the game ball is detected.

The solenoid circuit 111 transmits a solenoid drive signal (for example, a signal for turning on the solenoid 81 or the solenoid 82) from the game control microcomputer 100 to the solenoid 81 for an ordinary electric accessory or the solenoid 82 for a prize-winning door. To transmit.

The main board 11 (microcomputer 100 for game control) issues an effect control command (command for designating (notifying) the progress of the game) according to the progress of the game as a part of controlling the progress of the game. Supply to 12. The effect control command output from the main board 11 is relayed by the relay board 15 and supplied to the effect control board 12. The effect control command includes, for example, various determination results on the main board 11 (for example, a display result of a special figure game (including a jackpot type)) and a variation pattern used when executing a special figure game (details will be described later). )), The game status (for example, the start and end of the variable display, the opening status of the large winning opening, the occurrence of the winning, the number of stored memories, the game status), the command for specifying the occurrence of an error, and the like are included.

The effect control board 12 is a control board on the sub side independent of the main board 11, receives an effect control command, and produces an effect (various effects according to the progress of the game) based on the received effect control command. It has a function of executing various notifications such as driving of the movable body 32, error notification, and notification of power failure recovery).

The effect control board 12 is equipped with an effect control CPU 120, a ROM 121, a RAM 122, a display control unit 123, a random number circuit 124, and an I / O 125.

The effect control CPU 120 is a process for executing an effect together with the display control unit 123 by executing a program stored in the ROM 121 (a process for realizing the above-mentioned function of the effect control board 12, and the effect to be executed). (Including the decision, etc.). At this time, various data (data such as various tables) stored in the ROM 121 are used, and the RAM 122 is used as the main memory.

The effect control CPU 120 displays the execution of the effect based on the detection signal from the controller sensor unit 35A or the push sensor 35B (a signal output when an operation by the player is detected and an appropriate signal indicating the operation content). It may also instruct the control unit 123.

The display control unit 123 includes a VDP (Video Display Processor), a CGROM (Character Generator ROM), a VRAM (Video RAM), and the like, and executes the effect based on the effect execution instruction from the effect control CPU 120.

The display control unit 123 supplies the image display device 5 with a video signal corresponding to the effect to be executed based on the effect execution instruction from the effect control CPU 120, so that the effect image is displayed on the image display device 5. The display control unit 123 further supplies a sound designation signal (a signal for designating the output sound) to the sound control board 13 in order to output sound synchronized with the display of the effect image and turn on / off the game effect lamp 9. Or, a lamp signal (a signal for designating a lamp lighting / extinguishing mode) is supplied to the lamp control board 14. Further, the display control unit 123 supplies a signal for operating the movable body 32 to the movable body 32 or a drive circuit for driving the movable body 32.

The voice control board 13 is equipped with various circuits for driving the speakers 8L and 8R, drives the speakers 8L and 8R based on the sound designation signal, and outputs the sound designated by the sound designation signal from the speakers 8L and 8R. Let me.

The lamp control board 14 is equipped with various circuits for driving the game effect lamp 9, drives the game effect lamp 9 based on the lamp signal, and turns on / off the game effect lamp 9 in a mode designated by the lamp signal. do. In this way, the display control unit 123 controls the audio output and the lighting / extinguishing of the lamp.

The effect control CPU 120 executes audio output, lamp lighting / extinguishing control (sound designation signal, lamp signal supply, etc.), and movable body 32 control (signal supply for operating the movable body 32, etc.). You may do so.

The random number circuit 124 counts updatable numerical data indicating various random number values (random numbers for effect) used to execute various effects. The effect random number may be one that is updated (updated by software) when the effect control CPU 120 executes a predetermined computer program.

The I / O 125 mounted on the effect control board 12 is for transmitting various signals (video signal, sound designation signal, lamp signal) and an input port for taking in the effect control command transmitted from, for example, the main board 11. It is configured to include the output port of.

Boards other than the main board 11, such as the effect control board 12, the sound control board 13, and the lamp control board 14, are also referred to as sub-boards. A plurality of sub-boards may be provided for each function as in the pachinko gaming machine 1, or one sub-board may be configured to have a plurality of functions.

(motion)
Next, the operation (action) of the pachinko gaming machine 1 will be described.

(Main operation of main board 11)
First, the main operations on the main board 11 will be described. When the power supply to the pachinko game machine 1 is started, the game control microcomputer 100 is started, and the game control main process is executed by the CPU 103. FIG. 3 is a flowchart showing a game control main process executed by the CPU 103 on the main board 11.

In the game control main process shown in FIG. 3, the CPU 103 first sets interrupt prohibition (step S1). Subsequently, necessary initial settings are made (step S2). The initial settings include stack pointer settings, register settings for built-in devices (CTC (counter / timer circuit), parallel input / output ports, etc.), settings for making the RAM 102 accessible, and the like.

Next, it is determined whether or not the output signal from the clear switch is ON (step S3). The clear switch is mounted on the power supply board, for example. When the power is turned on with the clear switch turned on, an output signal (clear signal) is input to the game control microcomputer 100 via the input port. When the output signal from the clear switch is on (step S3; Yes), the initialization process (step S8) is executed. In the initialization process, the CPU 103 performs a RAM clear process for clearing the flags, counters, and buffers stored in the RAM 102, and sets initial values in the work area.

Further, the CPU 103 transmits an effect control command instructing initialization to the effect control board 12 (step S9). When the effect control CPU 120 receives the effect control command, for example, the image display device 5 displays a screen for notifying that the control of the gaming machine has been initialized.

If the output signal from the clear switch is not on (step S3; No), it is determined whether or not the backup data is stored in the RAM 102 (backup RAM) (step S4). When the power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is stopped due to an unexpected power failure or the like (power interruption), the CPU 103 executes the power supply stop processing immediately before the pachinko gaming machine 1 becomes inoperable due to the stop of the power supply. In this power supply stop processing, a processing of turning on a backup flag indicating that data is backed up to the RAM 102, a data protection processing of the RAM 102, and the like are executed. The data protection process includes addition of an error detection code (checksum, parity bit, etc.) and a process of backing up various data. The data to be backed up includes various data for advancing the game (including various flags, various timer states, etc.), as well as the state of the backup flag and the error detection code. In step S4, it is determined whether or not the backup flag is on. When the backup flag is off and the backup data is not stored in the RAM 102 (step S4; No), the initialization process (step S8) is executed.

When the backup data is stored in the RAM 102 (step S4; Yes), the CPU 103 checks the data of the backed up data (used by using an error detection code) and determines whether or not the data is normal (step). S5). In step S5, for example, the parity bit and the checksum are used to determine whether or not the data in the RAM 102 matches the data when the power supply is stopped. When it is determined that these match, it is determined that the data in the RAM 102 is normal.

If it is determined that the data in the RAM 102 is not normal (step S5; No), the internal state cannot be returned to the state when the power supply is stopped, so the initialization process (step S8) is executed.

When it is determined that the data in the RAM 102 is normal (step S5; Yes), the CPU 103 performs a recovery process (step S6) for returning the internal state of the main board 11 to the state when the power supply is stopped. In the recovery process, the CPU 103 sets the work area based on the stored contents (contents of the backed up data) of the RAM 102. As a result, the game state is restored when the power supply is stopped, and if the special symbol is changing, the change of the special symbol is restarted from the state before the restoration by executing the game control timer interrupt process described later. Will be.

Then, the CPU 103 transmits an effect control command instructing recovery from the power failure to the effect control board 12 (step S7). In accordance with this, an effect control command that specifies the game state before the power failure that is backed up, and an effect control that specifies the display result of the special figure game that is being executed when the special figure game is being executed. You may want to send a command. For these commands, the same commands that are set to be transmitted in the special symbol process processing described later can be used. When the effect control CPU 120 receives the effect control command for specifying the time of recovery from the power failure, for example, the image display device 5 notifies that the recovery from the power failure has been performed or the recovery from the power failure is in progress. Display the screen to do so. The effect control CPU 120 may display an appropriate screen based on the effect control command.

After the restoration process or the initialization process is completed and the effect control command is transmitted to the effect control board 12, the CPU 103 executes the random number circuit setting process for initializing the random number circuit 104 (step S10). Then, the CTC register built in the game control microcomputer 100 is set so that the timer is interrupted periodically every predetermined time (for example, 2 ms) (step S11), and interrupts are permitted (step S12). ). After that, the loop processing is started. After that, an interrupt request signal is sent from the CTC to the CPU 103 every predetermined time (for example, 2 ms), and the CPU 103 can periodically execute the timer interrupt process.

When the CPU 103 that has executed the game control main process receives the interrupt request signal from the CTC and receives the interrupt request, the CPU 103 executes the game control timer interrupt process shown in the flowchart of FIG. When the game control timer interrupt process shown in FIG. 4 is started, the CPU 103 first executes a predetermined switch process to perform the gate switch 21, the first start port switch 22A, and the second start port via the switch circuit 110. It is determined whether or not detection signals are received from various switches such as the switch 22B and the count switch 23 (step S21). Subsequently, by executing a predetermined main-side error process, an abnormality diagnosis of the pachinko gaming machine 1 is performed, and a warning can be generated if necessary according to the diagnosis result (step S22). After that, by executing a predetermined information output process, for example, the jackpot information (information indicating the number of times the jackpot has occurred) and the start information (starting) supplied to the hall management computer installed outside the pachinko gaming machine 1. Data such as information indicating the number of times of winning (information indicating the number of times of winning, etc.) and probability fluctuation information (information indicating the number of times of probability change state, etc.) are output (step S23).

Following the information output process, a game random number update process for updating at least a part of the game random numbers used on the main board 11 side by software is executed (step S24). After that, the CPU 103 executes the special symbol process process (step S25). By executing the special symbol process process for each timer interrupt by the CPU 103, it is possible to manage the execution and hold of the special symbol game, control the big hit game state and the small hit game state, control the game state, and the like (for details, refer to the details. See below).

Following the special symbol process processing, the normal symbol process processing is executed (step S26). By executing the normal symbol process processing for each timer interrupt, the CPU 103 manages the execution and hold of the normal figure game based on the detection signal from the gate switch 21 (based on the passing of the game ball through the passing gate 41). It enables opening control of the variable winning ball device 6B based on "per-figure hit". The execution of the normal figure game is performed by driving the normal symbol display 20, and the number of normal figure reservations is displayed by turning on the normal figure hold display 25C.

After executing the normal symbol process process, as a part of the game control timer interrupt process, a process when a power failure occurs, a process for paying out a prize ball, and the like may be performed. After that, the CPU 103 executes the command control process (step S27). The CPU 103 may send and set an effect control command in each of the above processes. In the command control process of step S27, a process of transmitting the effect control command set for transmission to a control board on the sub side such as the effect control board 12 is performed. After executing the command control process, the interrupt is permitted and then the game control timer interrupt process is terminated.

FIG. 5 is a flowchart showing an example of the process executed in step S25 shown in FIG. 4 as the special symbol process process. In this special symbol process process, the CPU 103 first executes a start winning determination process (step S101).

In the start winning determination process, a process of detecting the occurrence of a start winning, storing the hold information in a predetermined area of the RAM 102, and updating the hold storage number is executed. When the start winning is generated, the display result (including the jackpot type) and the random number value for determining the fluctuation pattern are extracted and stored as hold information. Further, a process of pre-reading and determining a display result or a fluctuation pattern may be executed based on the extracted random number value. After the hold information and the number of hold storages are stored, the transmission setting for transmitting the effect control command for specifying the judgment result such as the generation of the start winning prize, the number of hold storages, the look-ahead judgment, etc. is made to the effect control board 12. .. The effect control command at the time of starting winning, which is set to be transmitted in this way, is executed from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 by, for example, executing the command control process in step S27 shown in FIG. 4 after the special symbol process process is completed. Is transmitted to.

After executing the start winning determination process in S101, the CPU 103 selects and executes any of the processes of steps S110 to S120 according to the value of the special figure process flag provided in the RAM 102. In each process (steps S110 to S120) of the special symbol process process, a transmission setting for transmitting an effect control command corresponding to each process to the effect control board 12 is performed.

The special symbol normal processing in step S110 is executed when the value of the special symbol process flag is “0” (initial value). In this special symbol normal processing, it is determined whether or not to start the first special figure game or the second special figure game based on the presence or absence of the pending information. In addition, in the special symbol normal processing, whether or not the display result of the special symbol or decorative symbol is set to "big hit" or "small hit" based on the random value for determining the display result, and the big hit type when the display result is set to "big hit". Is determined (predetermined) before the display result is derived and displayed. Further, in the special symbol normal processing, a definite special symbol (either a big hit symbol, a small hit symbol, or an outlier symbol) to be stopped and displayed in the special symbol game is set according to the determined display result. After that, the value of the special symbol process flag is updated to "1", and the special symbol normal processing ends. The special figure game using the second special figure may be executed with priority over the special figure game using the first special figure (also referred to as special figure 2 priority digestion). Further, the winning order of the game balls to the first starting winning opening and the second starting winning opening may be memorized, and the starting condition of the special figure game may be satisfied in the winning order (also referred to as winning order digestion).

When making various determinations based on the random number values, various tables stored in the ROM 101 (tables in which the determination values to be compared with the random number values are assigned to the determination results) are referred to. The same applies to other decisions on the main board 11 and various decisions on the effect control board 12. In the effect control board 12, various tables are stored in the ROM 121.

The variation pattern setting process in step S111 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is “1”. In this fluctuation pattern setting process, one of a plurality of types of fluctuation patterns is set using a random value for determining the fluctuation pattern based on a preliminary determination result of whether or not the display result is a "big hit" or a "small hit". The process of deciding on is included. In the variation pattern setting process, when the variation pattern is determined, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "2", and the variation pattern setting process ends.

The fluctuation pattern includes the execution time of the special symbol game (special symbol fluctuation time) (which is also the execution time of the variable display of the decorative symbol), the mode of the variable display of the decorative symbol (presence or absence of reach, etc.), and the variable display of the decorative symbol. It specifies the content of the effect (type of reach effect, etc.), and is also called a variable display pattern.

The special symbol variation process in step S112 is executed when the value of the special symbol process flag is “2”. In this special symbol change processing, the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B are set to change the special symbol, and the elapsed time from the start of the change of the special symbol. It includes processing to measure. In addition, it is also determined whether or not the measured elapsed time has reached the special figure fluctuation time corresponding to the fluctuation pattern. Then, when the elapsed time from the start of the special symbol variation reaches the special symbol variation time, the value of the special symbol process flag is updated to "3", and the special symbol variation process ends.

The special symbol stop process in step S113 is executed when the value of the special symbol process flag is “3”. In this special symbol stop process, the first special symbol display device 4A and the second special symbol display device 4B stop the fluctuation of the special symbol, and stop display (derive) the confirmed special symbol that is the display result of the special symbol. Contains the process of making settings for. Then, when the display result is "big hit", the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "4". On the other hand, when the big hit flag is off and the display result is "small hit", the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "8". If the display result is "off", the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "0". When the display result is "small hit" or "missing", the game state is also updated when the time saving state or the probability change state is controlled and the end of the number of cuts is established. When the value of the special symbol process flag is updated, the special symbol stop processing ends.

The jackpot release preprocessing in step S114 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is “4”. This big hit pre-opening process includes a process of setting to open the big winning opening by starting the execution of the round in the big hit game state based on the display result being "big hit". It has been. When the large winning opening is opened, a process of supplying a solenoid drive signal to the solenoid 82 for the large winning opening door is executed. At this time, for example, the upper limit period for opening the big winning opening and the upper limit number of executions for the round are set according to which type of jackpot is used. When these settings are completed, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "5", and the jackpot release preprocessing ends.

The process of opening the jackpot in step S115 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is “5”. In this big hit opening process, the big winning opening is based on the process of measuring the elapsed time since the big winning opening is opened, the measured elapsed time, the number of game balls detected by the count switch 23, and the like. It includes a process of determining whether or not it is time to return the device from the open state to the closed state. Then, when the large winning opening is returned to the closed state, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "6" after executing a process of stopping the supply of the solenoid drive signal to the solenoid 82 for the large winning opening door. End the processing while the jackpot is open.

The post-processing after opening the jackpot in step S116 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is “6”. In this post-opening process of the jackpot, a process of determining whether or not the number of executions of the round that opens the jackpot has reached the set maximum number of executions, and a jackpot game state when the maximum number of executions is reached. It includes processing to make settings to terminate. Then, when the number of round executions has not reached the upper limit, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "5", while when the number of round executions reaches the upper limit, the special figure process flag is set. The value is updated to "7". When the value of the special figure process flag is updated, the post-launch processing is completed.

The jackpot end processing of step S117 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is “7”. In this jackpot end process, there is a process of waiting until the waiting time corresponding to the period in which the ending effect as an effect action for notifying the end of the jackpot game state is executed, and a probability change corresponding to the end of the jackpot game state. It includes processing to make various settings to start control and time reduction control. When such a setting is made, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "0", and the jackpot end processing ends.

The small hit release preprocessing in step S118 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is “8”. This pre-opening process for small hits includes a process for setting the large winning opening to be open in the small hit game state based on the display result being "small hit". At this time, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "9", and the small hit release preprocessing ends.

The small hit opening process in step S119 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is “9”. In this small hit opening process, it is the timing to measure the elapsed time from the opening state of the big winning opening and to return the big winning opening from the open state to the closed state based on the measured elapsed time. It includes processing to determine whether or not it is. When the big winning opening is returned to the closed state and the end timing of the small hit game state is reached, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "10", and the processing during the small hit opening process ends.

The small hit end process in step S120 is executed when the value of the special figure process flag is “10”. The small hit end process includes a process of waiting until a waiting time corresponding to a period in which the effect operation for notifying the end of the small hit game state is executed has elapsed. Here, when the small hit gaming state ends, the gaming state in the pachinko gaming machine 1 before the small hit gaming state is continued. When the waiting time at the end of the small hit game state has elapsed, the value of the special figure process flag is updated to "0", and the small hit end process ends.

(Main operation of production control board 12)
Next, the main operation of the effect control board 12 will be described. When the effect control board 12 receives the power supply voltage from the power source board or the like, the effect control CPU 120 is activated to execute the effect control main process as shown in the flowchart of FIG. When the effect control main process shown in FIG. 6 is started, the effect control CPU 120 first executes a predetermined initialization process (step S71) to clear the RAM 122, set various initial values, and press the effect control board 12. Set the registers of the mounted CTC (counter / timer circuit). Further, the initial operation control process is executed (step S72). In the initial operation control process, control for performing the initial operation of the movable body 32, such as control for driving the movable body 32 to return to the initial position and control for confirming a predetermined operation, is executed.

After that, it is determined whether or not the timer interrupt flag is turned on (step S73). The timer interrupt flag is set to the ON state every time a predetermined time (for example, 2 milliseconds) elapses, based on the register setting of the CTC, for example. At this time, if the timer interrupt flag is off (step S73; No), the process of step S73 is repeatedly executed and waits.

Further, on the effect control board 12, an interrupt for receiving the effect control command from the main board 11 is generated in addition to the timer interrupt that is generated every time a predetermined time elapses. This interrupt is, for example, an interrupt generated when the effect control INT signal from the main board 11 is turned on. When an interrupt occurs due to the effect control INT signal being turned on, the effect control CPU 120 automatically sets interrupt disabled, but if a CPU that is not automatically interrupt disabled is used, an interrupt occurs. It is desirable to issue a prohibition order (DI instruction). The effect control CPU 120 executes, for example, a predetermined command reception interrupt process in response to an interrupt caused by the effect control INT signal being turned on. In this command reception interrupt process, among the input ports included in the I / O 125, the effect control command is taken in from a predetermined input port that receives the control signal transmitted from the main board 11 via the relay board 15. The effect control command captured at this time is stored in, for example, the effect control command reception buffer provided in the RAM 122. After that, the effect control CPU 120 sets the interrupt enable, and then ends the command reception interrupt process.

If the timer interrupt flag is on in step S73 (step S73; Yes), the timer interrupt flag is cleared and turned off (step S74), and the command analysis process is executed (step S75). In the command analysis process, for example, after reading various effect control commands transmitted from the game control microcomputer 100 of the main board 11 and stored in the effect control command reception buffer, the read effect control commands are used. Corresponding settings and controls are performed. For example, the read effect control command may be stored in a predetermined area of the RAM 122 or stored in the RAM 122 so that which effect control command is received and the content specified by the effect control command can be confirmed by the effect control process process or the like. Turn on the provided reception flag. Further, when the effect control command specifies the game state, the display control unit 123 may be instructed to display the background according to the game state.

After executing the command analysis process in step S75, the effect control process process is executed (step S76). In the effect control process processing, for example, an effect image display operation in the display area of the image display device 5, an audio output operation from the speakers 8L and 8R, a lighting operation in a decorative light emitting body such as a game effect lamp 9 and a decorative LED, and a movable body 32. Controls are performed to operate various production devices such as the driving operation of the LED. Further, regarding the control content of the effect operation using various effect devices, determination, determination, setting, etc. are performed according to the effect control command or the like transmitted from the main board 11.

Following the effect control process process in step S76, the effect random number update process is executed (step S77), and at least a part of the effect random numbers used on the effect control board 12 side is updated by the software. After that, the process returns to the process of step S73. Other processes may be executed before returning to the process of step S73.

FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing an example of the process executed in step S76 of FIG. 6 as the effect control process process. In the effect control process process shown in FIG. 7, the effect control CPU 120 first executes the read-ahead notice setting process (step S161). In the pre-reading notice setting process, for example, a determination, determination, and setting for executing the pre-reading notice effect are performed based on the effect control command at the time of starting winning, which is transmitted from the main board 11. In addition, a process for displaying the hold display is executed based on the number of hold storages specified from the effect control command.

After executing the process of step S161, the effect control CPU 120 selects and executes any of the following processes of steps S170 to S177 according to the value of the effect process flag provided in the RAM 122, for example.

The variable display start waiting process in step S170 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is “0” (initial value). This variable display start waiting process is a process of determining whether or not to start the variable display of the decorative symbol on the image display device 5 based on whether or not a command or the like for designating the start of the variable display is received from the main board 11. Etc. are included. When it is determined that the variable display of the decorative symbol on the image display device 5 is to be started, the value of the effect process flag is updated to "1", and the variable display start waiting process is terminated.

The variable display start setting process in step S171 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is “1”. In this variable display start setting process, the display result of the variable display of the decorative symbol (fixed decorative symbol), the mode of the variable display of the decorative symbol, the reach effect, and various types are based on the display result and the variation pattern specified by the effect control command. It is determined whether or not various effects such as a notice effect are executed, their modes, and the execution start timing. Then, an effect control pattern (a collection of control data for instructing the display control unit 123 to execute the effect) that reflects the determination result and the like is set. After that, based on the set effect control pattern, the display control unit 123 is instructed to start executing the variable display of the decorative symbol, the value of the effect process flag is updated to "2", and the variable display start setting process is completed. The display control unit 123 starts the variable display of the decorative symbol on the image display device 5 in response to the instruction to start the execution of the variable display of the decorative symbol.

The variable display effect process in step S172 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is “2”. In this variable display effect processing, the effect control CPU 120 instructs the display control unit 123 to display the effect image based on the effect control pattern set in step S171 on the display screen of the image display device 5. , Driving the movable body 32, outputting voice and sound effect from the speakers 8L and 8R by outputting the command (sound effect signal) to the voice control board 13, and commanding the lamp control board 14 (illumination signal). Various effect controls are executed during the variable display of the decorative pattern, such as turning on / off / blinking the game effect lamp 9 and the decorative LED according to the output. After performing such effect control, for example, an end code indicating the end of variable display of the decorative symbol is read from the effect control pattern, or a command is received from the main board 11 to specify that the fixed decorative symbol is to be stopped and displayed. In response to what has been done, the final decorative symbol, which is the display result of the decorative symbol, is stopped and displayed. When the fixed decorative symbol is stopped and displayed, the value of the effect process flag is updated to "3", and the effect process during variable display ends.

The special figure hit waiting process in step S173 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is “3”. In this special figure hit waiting process, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not an effect control command that specifies to start the big hit game state or the small hit game state has been received from the main board 11. Then, when the effect control command for specifying the start of the big hit game state or the small hit game state is received, if the command specifies the start of the big hit game state, the value of the effect process flag is set to "6". Update to. On the other hand, if the command specifies the start of the small hit game state, the value of the effect process flag is updated to "4", which is a value corresponding to the small hit medium effect process. In addition, when the reception waiting time of the command elapses without receiving the command specifying to start the big hit game state or the small hit game state, it is determined that the display result in the special figure game is "missing". Then, the value of the effect process flag is updated to the initial value "0". When the value of the effect process flag is updated, the waiting process for hitting the special figure ends.

The small hit medium effect process in step S174 is a process executed when the value of the effect control process flag is “4”. In this small hit medium effect process, the effect control CPU 120 sets, for example, an effect control pattern or the like corresponding to the effect content in the small hit game state, and executes various effect controls in the small hit game state based on the set content. .. Further, in the small hit middle effect processing, for example, in response to receiving a command from the main board 11 to specify that the small hit game state is terminated, the value of the effect process flag is set to a value corresponding to the small hit end effect. Update to a certain "5" and end the small hit medium production process.

The small hit end effect process in step S175 is a process executed when the value of the effect control process flag is “5”. In this small hit end effect process, the effect control CPU 120 sets an effect control pattern or the like corresponding to, for example, the end of the small hit game state, and various effect controls at the end of the small hit game state based on the setting contents. To execute. After that, the value of the effect process flag is updated to the initial value "0", and the small hit end effect process is terminated.

The jackpot effect process in step S176 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is “6”. In this big hit middle effect processing, the effect control CPU 120 sets, for example, an effect control pattern corresponding to the effect content in the big hit game state, and executes various effect controls in the big hit game state based on the set content. Further, in the jackpot middle effect processing, for example, the value of the effect control process flag is set to a value corresponding to the ending effect process in response to receiving a command from the main board 11 to specify that the jackpot game state is to be terminated. Update to 7 ”and end the production process during the big hit.

The ending effect process of step S177 is a process executed when the value of the effect process flag is “7”. In this ending effect processing, the effect control CPU 120 sets, for example, an effect control pattern or the like corresponding to the end of the jackpot game state, and controls various effects of the ending effect at the end of the jackpot game state based on the setting contents. Run. After that, the value of the effect process flag is updated to the initial value "0", and the ending effect process ends.

(Modified example of basic explanation)
The present invention is not limited to the pachinko gaming machine 1 described in the above basic description, and various modifications and applications are possible without departing from the gist of the present invention.

The pachinko gaming machine 1 of the above basic explanation is a pay-out type gaming machine that pays out a predetermined number of gaming media as prizes based on the occurrence of winning, but the gaming media are enclosed and points are given based on the occurrence of winning. It may be an enclosed gaming machine.

Only one type of symbol (for example, a symbol indicating "-") is displayed during the variable display of the special symbol, and the variable display may be performed by repeating the display and extinguishing of the symbol. Further, even if the symbol is displayed during the variable display, the symbol may not be displayed when the variable display is stopped (the symbol indicating "-" may not be displayed as the display result).

In the above basic explanation, the pachinko gaming machine 1 is shown as the gaming machine, but a medal is inserted and a predetermined number of bets is set, and a plurality of types of symbols are rotated according to the operation of the operation lever by the player, and the player When a symbol is stopped in response to the operation of the stop button by, if the combination of stop symbols becomes a specific combination of symbols, a slot machine capable of executing a game in which a predetermined number of medals are paid out to the player (for example, a big bonus) The present invention can also be applied to a slot machine equipped with one or more of regular bonus, RT, AT, ART, and CZ (hereinafter, bonus, etc.).

The program and data for realizing the present invention are not limited to the form of being distributed and provided by the detachable recording medium to the computer device included in the pachinko gaming machine 1, and the computer device and the like in advance. It may take the form of being distributed by installing it in the storage device of the. Further, the program and data for realizing the present invention are distributed by downloading from another device on the network connected via the communication line or the like by providing the communication processing unit. It doesn't matter.

The execution mode of the game is not limited to the one executed by attaching a detachable recording medium, but can be executed by temporarily storing the program and data downloaded via the communication line or the like in the internal memory or the like. It may be executed directly using the hardware resources of other devices on the network connected via a communication line or the like. Further, the game can be executed by exchanging data with another computer device or the like via a network.

In this specification, one of the expressions for comparison of various ratios such as the execution ratio of the production (expressions such as "high", "low", and "differentiate") is "0%". It may be included. For example, one may have a proportion of "0%" and the other may have a proportion of "100%" or less than "100%".
(Explanation of feature section 245SG)

Next, the gaming machine in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 8-1 to 8-41.

First, FIG. 8-1 is a front view of the pachinko gaming machine 1 in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, and shows the layout of the main members. As shown in FIGS. 8-1 and 8-3, the pachinko gaming machine (gaming machine) 1 is roughly classified into an outer frame 245SG001a formed in a vertically long square frame shape and a gaming board (gauge) constituting the game board surface. It is composed of a board) 2 and a game machine frame (underframe) 245SG003 that supports and fixes the game board 2. A game area is formed on the game board 2, and a game ball as a game medium is launched from a predetermined ball launching device and is driven into the game area. Further, in the game machine frame 245SG003, between a door opening position in which a glass door frame 245SG003a having a glass window opens the front surface of the game machine frame 245SG003 centering on the left side and a door closing position in which the front surface is closed. It is rotatably provided, and the game area can be opened and closed by the glass door frame 245SG003a, and when the glass door frame 245SG003a is closed, the game area can be seen through the glass window.

Further, the gaming machine frame 245SG003 can be opened by inserting the door key owned by the clerk of the game hall into a lock (not shown) and unlocking it, and the player other than the clerk can open the gaming machine frame 245SG003 and the glass. The door frame 245SG003a cannot be opened.

The left game area 245SG002L is a game area in which the (left-handed) game ball launched relatively weakly by the operation of the ball striking operation handle 30 flows down, and the right game area 245SG002R is the left game area 245SG002L by the operation of the ball striking operation handle 30. This is a game area in which a (right-handed) game ball launched more strongly than the game ball flowing down passes through the upper path 245SG002C of the image display device 5 and flows down.

Further, a general winning opening 10 is arranged in the left game area 245SG002L, and in the right game area 245SG002R, a passing gate 41, a variable winning ball device 6B, and a general winning ball device 6B are arranged from the upstream side to the downstream side of the right game area 245SG002R. A winning opening 10 and a special variable winning ball device 7 are arranged. That is, the game ball flowing down the left game area 245SG002L can win a prize in the first starting winning opening formed by the general winning opening 10 and the winning ball device 6A, and the game ball flowing down the right game area 245SG002R is variable. It is possible to win a prize in the second starting winning opening formed by the winning ball device 6B, the general winning opening 10, and the large winning opening formed by the special variable winning ball device 7, and it is possible to pass through the passing gate 41.

As shown in FIG. 8-1, a plurality of obstacle nails 245SGK1 are arranged between the winning ball device 6A, the variable winning ball device 6B, and the special variable winning ball device 7. Therefore, the game ball flowing down the left game area 245SG002L cannot win the second start winning opening or the large winning opening, and the game ball flowing down the right game area 245SG002R cannot win the first starting winning opening. It has become.

Further, the first reserved storage display area 245SG005D and the second reserved storage display area 245SG005U are displayed at two positions on the left and right below the display area of the image display device 5. In the first hold storage display area 245SG005D and the second hold storage display area 245SG005U, the hold storage display (hold display) for identifiablely displaying the hold storage number (special figure hold storage number) of the variable display corresponding to the special figure game Will be done. The fourth symbol 245SG005F is displayed at the right end of the hold display area of the image display device 5. The fourth symbol 245SG005F is a symbol that blinks during execution of the variable display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol in order to make the player recognize that the variable display is being executed.

As shown in FIGS. 8-2 and 8-3, the main substrate 11 in the feature portion 245SG of the present embodiment is housed in a substrate case 245SG201 which is configured to be openable by the first member and the second member. It is mounted on the back of the pachinko gaming machine 1 in the state. Further, on the main board 11, a lock switch 245SG051 for switching the set value of the pachinko gaming machine 1 to a changeable set value change state, a jackpot winning probability (ball output rate) described later in the set value change state, and the like are used. A setting changeover switch 245SG052 that functions as a setting switch for changing a set value, and an open sensor 245SG090 that detects the opening of the gaming machine frame 245SG003 are provided. The set value change state in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment is also a state in which a clerk of the game hall or the like can confirm the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 (set value confirmation state).

The setting changeover main body portion provided with the operation unit that can be operated by the player such as the lock switch 245SG051 and the setting changeover switch 245SG052 is housed in the board case 245SG201 together with the main board 11, and the lock switch 245SG051 and the setting changeover switch 245SG052. Is exposed to the back side through an opening formed in the back surface of the board case 245SG201 so that it can be operated without opening the board case 245SG201.

Since the board case 245SG201 having the lock switch 245SG051 and the setting changeover switch 245SG052 is provided on the back surface of the pachinko gaming machine 1, it is extremely difficult to operate the gaming machine frame 245SG003 when the gaming machine frame 245SG003 is closed. It can be operated by opening the gaming machine frame 245SG003. Further, since the lock switch 245SG051 requires the operation of the setting key owned by the clerk of the amusement park or the like, only the clerk who possesses the setting key can operate the lock switch 245SG051. The lock switch 245SG051 is also a switch capable of executing an ON / OFF switching operation described later by using a setting key. In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, a mode in which the door key and the setting key are separate keys is illustrated, but these may be shared by one key.

Further, in the board case 245SG201, a display monitor 245SG029 capable of displaying a set value and a base value described later is arranged. The display monitor 245SG029 is connected to the main board 11 and is arranged on the upper part of the board case 245SG201. That is, the display monitor 245SG029 is arranged in front of the board case 245SG201 when the main board 11 is visually recognized. Since the main board 11 cannot be visually recognized when the gaming machine frame 245SG003 is not opened, the front surface when the main board 11 is visually recognized is the back surface side of the gaming board 2 when the gaming machine frame 245SG003 is opened. This is the front when visually recognizing, and is different from the front of the pachinko gaming machine 1. However, the front surface when the main board 11 is visually recognized and the front surface of the pachinko gaming machine 1 may be common.

In the pachinko gaming machine 1 in the feature unit 245SG, if the lock switch 245SG051 and the release sensor 245SG09 are turned on when the power is turned on, the set value is changed and the set value is displayed on the display monitor 245SG029. Is displayed. At this time, by operating the setting changeover switch 245SG052, the numerical value (set value) displayed on the display monitor 245SG029 can be updated and displayed.

Then, by turning off the lock switch 245SG051 while any numerical value from 1 to 6 is displayed on the display monitor 245SG029, the numerical value displayed on the display monitor 245SG029 is set as a new set value. NS. When the pachinko gaming machine 1 is started, the CPU 103 sends a setting value designation command, which will be described later, to the effect control board 12 regardless of whether or not a new setting value is set (set). By doing so, the effect control CPU 120 can specify the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 from the set value designation command.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-1 and 8-2, the pachinko gaming machine 1 has a predetermined position (for example, a lower left position of the gaming area) of the pachinko gaming machine 1 in the feature portion 245SG of the present embodiment. 1 First special symbol display device 245SG004A capable of variable display of 1 special symbol, 2nd special symbol display device 245SG004B capable of executing variable display of 2nd special symbol, 1st hold display capable of displaying 1st hold storage number Instrument 245SG025A, 2nd hold indicator 245SG025B capable of displaying the 2nd hold storage number, normal symbol display 245SG020 capable of executing variable display of the normal symbol, normal symbol hold indicator 245SG025C capable of displaying the normal symbol hold storage number, In the game state where the round display 245SG131 that can display the number of rounds (big hit type) of the big hit game during the big hit game, and the game ball such as the high base state (time saving state) or the big hit game state is launched toward the right game area 245SG002R. A game information display unit 245SG200 is provided in which a right-handed lamp 245SG132 that lights up, a probability change lamp 245SG133 that lights up in the probability change state, and a time reduction lamp 245SG134 that lights up in the high base state (time reduction state) are collectively arranged.

The first special symbol display device 245SG004A and the second special symbol display device 245SG004B are each composed of 8-segment LEDs. Further, in the first special symbol display device 245SG004A and the second special symbol display device 245SG004B, if the variable display result of the special symbol is off or a small hit, the variable display result can be derived and displayed by a common combination. ing.

In the case where the variable display result is a big hit in the variable display of the first special symbol, the first special symbol display device 245SG004A has a variable display result with two types of big hit symbols (combination of lit LEDs) for each big hit type. Derived display is possible. Further, in the case where the variable display result is a big hit in the variable display of the second special symbol, the second special symbol display device 245SG004B is variablely displayed by two kinds of big hit symbols (combination of lit LEDs) for each big hit type. The results can be derived and displayed.

In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the jackpot symbols that can be derived and displayed by the first special symbol display device 245SG004A and the second special symbol display device 245SG004B are all different, but the first special symbol display device 245SG004A At least a part of the jackpot symbol that can be derived and displayed in the above and the jackpot symbol that can be derived and displayed by the second special symbol display device 245SG004B may overlap.

In the first hold indicator 245SG025A and the second hold indicator 245SG025B, LEDs of four segments are arranged in parallel in the left-right direction. In these first hold indicator 245SG025A and second hold indicator 245SG025B, if the number of hold storage is one, only the LED at the left end is lit, and each time the number of hold storage increases, it is the second from the left. The third LED from the left and the fourth LED from the left light up in sequence. Then, each time the variable display is executed, the LED on the hold display corresponding to the variable display is set in a predetermined shift direction (feature of the present embodiment) in response to the decrease (consumption) of the hold memory. In part 245SG, the lights are turned off toward the left).

In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, when both the first special figure holding memory and the second special figure holding storage exist, the variable display based on the second special figure holding storage is preferentially executed. It has become like. Therefore, for example, when one first special figure hold memory exists and two second special figure hold memories exist (only the LED at the left end of the first hold indicator 245SG025A is lit and the second hold is held. (When the two LEDs on the left of the display 245SG25B are lit), the first special figure hold is held after the second special figure hold memory becomes 0 by executing the variable display based on the second special figure hold memory. Variable display based on memory is executed.

Further, the round display 245SG131 is composed of five segments (LEDs). As the jackpot types in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, a total of three jackpot types are provided: a jackpot A which is a 5-round jackpot, a jackpot B which is a 10-round jackpot, and a jackpot C which is a 15-round jackpot. Therefore, which segment of the segments constituting the round display 245SG131 is lit differs depending on the jackpot type.

The control signal transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 is relayed by the relay board 15. The control command transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 via the relay board 15 is, for example, an effect control command transmitted and received as an electric signal. The effect control commands include, for example, a display control command used to control the image display operation in the image display device 5, a voice control command used to control the sound output from the speakers 8L and 8R, and a game effect lamp 9. It includes LED control commands used to control the lighting operation of the decorative LED and the like.

The effect control board 12 in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment includes a first movable body 245SG321 and a second movable body 245SG322 that can operate between the origin position and the effect position during variable display and the like. The origin detection sensor 245SG331 capable of detecting that the 1 movable body 245SG321 is located at the origin position of the first movable body 245SG321 and the second movable body 245SG322 are located at the origin position of the second movable body 245SG322. The origin detection sensor 245SG332, which can detect this, is connected to the origin detection sensor 245SG332.

FIG. 8-4 (A) is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the contents of the effect control command used in the feature unit 245SG in the present embodiment. The effect control command has, for example, a 2-byte structure, the first byte represents MODE (command classification), and the second byte represents EXT (command type). The first bit (bit 7) of the MODE data is always set to "1", and the first bit of the EXT data is set to "0". The command form shown in FIG. 8-4 (A) is an example, and other command forms may be used. Further, in this example, the control command is composed of two control signals, but the number of control signals constituting the control command may be one or a plurality of three or more.

In the example shown in FIG. 8-4 (A), the command 8001H is a first variable display start command for designating the start of variable display in the special figure game using the first special figure in the first special symbol display device 245SG004A. .. The command 8002H is a second variable display start command for designating the start of the variable display in the special figure game using the second special figure in the second special symbol display device 245SG004B. The command 81XXH is a decoration that is variably displayed in the "left", "middle", and "right" decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R in the image display device 5 in response to the variable display of the special symbol in the special symbol game. This is a fluctuation pattern specification command that specifies a fluctuation pattern (fluctuation time) such as a symbol. Here, XXH indicates that it is an unspecified hexadecimal number, and may be a value arbitrarily set according to the content of instruction by the effect control command. In the variation pattern specification command, different EXT data is set according to the variation pattern to be specified.

The command 8CXXXH is a variable display result notification command, and is an effect control command for designating a variable display result such as a special symbol or a decorative symbol. In the variable display result notification command, for example, as shown in FIG. 8-4 (B), the determination result (predetermined result) of whether the variable display result is "missing", "big hit", or "small hit". ) Or, different EXT data are set according to the determination result (big hit type determination result) of which of the plurality of types the jackpot type is set when the variable display result is "big hit".

In the variable display result notification command, for example, as shown in FIG. 8-4 (B), the command 8C00H is the first variable display result designation command indicating a predetermined result indicating that the variable display result is “missing”. The command 8C01H is a second variable display result designation command for notifying the pre-determined result that the variable display result is "big hit" and the big hit type is "big hit A" and the big hit type determination result. The command 8C02H is a third variable display result designation command for notifying the pre-determined result that the variable display result is "big hit" and the big hit type is "big hit B" and the big hit type determination result. The command 8C03H is a fourth variable display result designation command for notifying the pre-determined result that the variable display result is "big hit" and the big hit type is "big hit C" and the big hit type determination result. The command 8C04H is a fifth variable display result designation command for notifying the predetermined result that the variable display result is a "small hit".

The command 8F00H is a symbol confirmation command for designating the change stop (confirmation) of the decorative symbol in each of the “left”, “middle”, and “right” decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R in the image display device 5. The command 95XXH is a game state designation command for designating the current gaming state in the pachinko gaming machine 1. In the game state designation command, different EXT data are set according to, for example, the current game state in the pachinko gaming machine 1. As a specific example, the command 9500H is the first game state specification command corresponding to the game state (low base state, normal state) in which the time reduction control is not performed, and the command 9501H is the game state (high base state) in which the time reduction control is performed. , Time saving state) is used as the second game state specification command.

The command 96XXH is an error (abnormal) designation command that specifies the occurrence of an error (abnormality) and the type of the error (abnormality) that has occurred in the pachinko gaming machine 1. In the error (abnormality) designation command, for example, by setting the EXT data corresponding to each error (abnormality), it is specified which error (abnormality) has been determined on the effect control board 12 side. The occurrence of the specified error (abnormality) can be notified by the error notification process described later.

The command A0XXH is a hit start designation command (also referred to as a “fanfare command”) that specifies the display of an effect image indicating the start of the big hit game state or the small hit game state. The command A1XXH is a notification command during the opening of the big winning opening that notifies that the big winning opening is in the open state in the big hit gaming state or the small hit gaming state. The command A2XXH is a notification command after opening the big winning opening that notifies that the big winning opening has changed from the open state to the closed state in the big hit gaming state or the small hit gaming state. The command A3XXH is a hit end designation command for designating the display of the effect image at the end of the big hit game state or the small hit game state.

In the hit start designation command and the hit end designation command, different EXT data may be set according to the pre-determination result and the jackpot type determination result, for example, by setting the same EXT data as the variable display result notification command. .. Alternatively, in the hit start designation command or the hit end designation command, the correspondence between the pre-determined result and the jackpot type determination result and the set EXT data may be different from the correspondence in the variable display result notification command. .. In the notification command while the big winning opening is open and the notification command after opening the big winning opening, different EXT data is set according to the number of round executions (for example, "1" to "15") in the big hit game state or the small hit game state. Will be done.

The command B100H is based on the fact that the game ball that has passed (entered) the first starting winning opening formed by the winning ball device 6A is detected by the first starting opening switch 22A and the starting winning (first starting winning) is generated. This is a first start opening winning designation command for notifying that the first start condition for executing the special figure game using the first special figure in the first special symbol display device 245SG004A is satisfied. The command B200H is based on the fact that the game ball that has passed (entered) the second start winning opening formed by the variable winning ball device 6B is detected by the second starting opening switch 22B and the starting winning (second starting winning) is generated. , The second start opening winning designation command for notifying that the second start condition for executing the special figure game using the second special figure in the second special symbol display device 245SG004B is satisfied.

The command C1XXH is a first hold storage number notification command for notifying the first special figure hold storage number in order to display the special figure hold storage number identifiable on the image display device 5 or the like. The command C2XXH is a second hold storage number notification command for notifying the second special figure hold storage number in order to display the special figure hold storage number identifiable on the image display device 5 or the like. The first hold memory number notification command is, for example, when the first start opening prize designation command is transmitted based on the fact that the game ball passes (enters) the first start winning opening and the first starting condition is satisfied. , Is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12. The second hold memory number notification command is, for example, when the second start opening prize designation command is transmitted based on the fact that the game ball passes (enters) the second start winning opening and the second starting condition is satisfied. , Is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12. Further, the first hold storage number notification command and the second hold storage number notification command are used in the special figure game when either the first start condition or the second start condition is satisfied (when the hold storage number decreases). It may be transmitted in response to the start of execution.

Instead of the first hold storage number notification command and the second hold storage number notification command, the total hold storage number notification command for notifying the total hold storage number may be transmitted. That is, a total hold storage number notification command may be used to notify an increase (or decrease) of the total hold storage number.

The command C4XXH and the command C6XXH are effect control commands (commands for designating a winning determination result) indicating the contents of the winning determination result. Of these, the command C4XXH is a symbol designation command that indicates whether or not the variable display result is a "big hit" and the judgment result of the big hit type (probability change, non-probability change, or sudden change) as the judgment result at the time of winning. Further, the command C6XXH is a variation category indicating a determination result of whether the random value MR3 for determining the variation pattern is the variation pattern of "non-reach", "super reach", or "other" as the determination result at the time of winning. It is a command.

The command D0XXH is a setting value designation command for designating the newly set set value from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 (effect control CPU 120).

The game control microcomputer 100 mounted on the main board 11 is, for example, a one-chip microcomputer, which is a ROM (Read Only Memory) 101 for storing game control programs, fixed data, and the like, and a game control work. The RAM (Random Access Memory) 102 that provides the area, the CPU (Central Processing Unit) 103 that executes the game control program to perform the control operation, and the numerical data indicating the random value are updated independently of the CPU 103. It is configured to include a random number circuit 104 to perform, an I / O (Input / Output port) 105, and a real-time clock (RTC) 106 capable of outputting time information.

As an example, in the game control microcomputer 100, a process for controlling the progress of the game in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is executed by executing the program read from the ROM 101 by the CPU 103. At this time, a fixed data read operation in which the CPU 103 reads fixed data from the ROM 101, a variable data writing operation in which the CPU 103 writes various variable data to the RAM 102 and temporarily stores them, and various variable data temporarily stored in the RAM 102 by the CPU 103. The variable data read operation, the CPU 103 receives input of various signals from the outside of the game control microcomputer 100 via the I / O 105, and the CPU 103 goes to the outside of the game control microcomputer 100 via the I / O 105. A transmission operation that outputs various signals is also performed.

FIG. 8-5 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a random number value counted on the side of the main board 11. As shown in FIG. 8-5, in the feature unit 245SG of this embodiment, on the side of the main board 11, in addition to the random number value MR1 for determining the special figure display result, the random number value MR2 for determining the jackpot type, and the fluctuation pattern. Numerical data indicating each of the random value MR3 for determination, the random value MR4 for determining the display result of the general map, and the random value MR5 for determining the initial value of MR4 is controlled so as to be countable. In addition, a random number value other than these may be used in order to enhance the game effect. These random number values MR1 to MR5 may be counted by software update using different random counters in the CPU 103, or may be updated by the random number circuit 104. The random number circuit 104 may be built in the game control microcomputer 100, or may be configured as a random number circuit chip different from the game control microcomputer 100. Random numbers used to control the progress of such games are also called game random numbers.

In the present embodiment, each random value MR1 to MR5 is used as a value in the range shown in FIG. 8-5, but the present invention is not limited to this, and each random value is not limited to this. The range of MR1 to MR5 may be different depending on the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1.

FIG. 8-6 shows the fluctuation pattern in the present embodiment. In the present embodiment, among the cases where the variable display result is "off", the variable display mode of the decorative symbol is "non-reach" and "reach", respectively, and is variable. A plurality of fluctuation patterns are prepared in advance in response to a case where the display result is a "big hit". In addition, one variation pattern is prepared in advance in response to a case where the variable display result is a "small hit". The variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is "off" and the variable display mode of the decorative symbol is "non-reach" is called a non-reach variation pattern (also referred to as "non-reach out-of-reach variation pattern"). The variation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is "out of reach" and the variable display mode of the decorative symbol is "reach" is called a reach variation pattern (also referred to as "out of reach variation pattern"). Further, the non-reach fluctuation pattern and the reach fluctuation pattern are included in the missed fluctuation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is “off”. The fluctuation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is "big hit" is called a big hit fluctuation pattern. The fluctuation pattern corresponding to the case where the variable display result is "small hit" is called a small hit fluctuation pattern.

The jackpot fluctuation pattern and reach fluctuation pattern include a normal reach fluctuation pattern in which a normal reach reach effect is executed, and a super reach in which a super reach effect such as super reach α, super reach β, super reach γ, and super reach δ is executed. There is a fluctuation pattern. In the present embodiment, only one type of normal reach variation pattern is provided, but the present invention is not limited to this, and like the super reach, the normal reach α, the normal reach β, ... A plurality of normal reach fluctuation patterns may be provided. Further, even in the super reach fluctuation pattern, 5 or more super reach fluctuation patterns may be provided.

As shown in FIG. 8-6, regarding the special figure fluctuation time of the normal reach fluctuation pattern in which the reach effect of the normal reach is executed in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the super reach fluctuation patterns, super reach α and super reach β, are shown. , Super reach γ, and super reach δ are set shorter. Further, regarding the special figure fluctuation time of the super reach fluctuation pattern in which the reach production of the super reach such as super reach α, super reach β, super reach γ, and super reach δ in the feature portion 245SG of the present embodiment is executed, the super reach The special figure fluctuation pattern is set longer in the order of δ, super reach γ, super reach β, and super reach α.

In the present embodiment, as described above, the variable display result is set to be "big hit" in the order of super reach β, super reach α, and normal reach, so that the big hit expectation is set to be high. In the super reach fluctuation pattern, the longer the fluctuation time, the higher the expectation of a big hit.

However, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, as the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ, the variable display result is notified that the variable display result is a big hit after once notifying that the variable display result is out of order as the reach effect of the super reach γ. A variation pattern (PB1-5 shown in FIG. 8-6) for executing the revival effect is provided. Therefore, the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ that executes the revival effect is set to have a longer special figure fluctuation time than the normal fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ and a shorter special figure fluctuation time than the fluctuation pattern of the super reach δ. However, it is an exceptionally high fluctuation pattern (100%) with the highest expectation of big hits.

In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, as will be described later, these fluctuation patterns are classified into, for example, a non-reach type, a normal reach type, a super reach type, and the like. Instead of determining the variation pattern to be executed from the variation patterns belonging to the variation pattern belonging to the determined type after determining first, only the random number value MR3 for determining the variation pattern is determined without determining these types. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, in addition to the random number value MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern, a random number value for determining the fluctuation pattern type is provided to determine these fluctuations. The type of the variation pattern may be determined first from the random value for determining the pattern type, and then the variation pattern to be executed may be determined from the variation patterns belonging to the variation pattern belonging to the determined type.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8-6, the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment illustrates a mode in which the fluctuation content (effect content) is predetermined for each fluctuation pattern, but the present invention illustrates this. The variation content (effect content) may be different depending on the set value, even if the variation pattern is the same. For example, in the case of the fluctuation pattern PA2-1 that is out of normal reach, if the set value is 1, the fluctuation pattern is out of normal reach, and if the set value is 2, a pseudo-continuous effect is performed. As a fluctuation pattern that is executed twice and becomes non-reach out of reach, when the set value is 3, the pseudo-continuous effect may be executed three times to make a fluctuation pattern that is out of super reach.

In the game control microcomputer 100, the CPU 103 executes the program read from the ROM 101, and by using the RAM 102 as the work area, various processes for controlling the progress of the game in the pachinko gaming machine 1 are executed. Further, the CPU 103 is capable of generating all of the various random numbers used on the side of the main board 11 by executing the random number generation program.

The ROM 101 included in the game control microcomputer 100 stores various table data and the like used for controlling the progress of the game in addition to the game control program. For example, the ROM 101 stores table data that constitutes a plurality of determination tables shown in FIGS. 8-7 to 8-14, which are prepared by the CPU 103 for performing various determinations and determinations. Further, the ROM 101 contains table data constituting a plurality of control pattern tables used by the CPU 103 to output various control signals from the main board 11, and a variation mode of each symbol in variable display such as a special symbol or a normal symbol. A fluctuation pattern table or the like that stores a plurality of types of fluctuation patterns is stored.

The determination table stored in the ROM 101 includes, for example, the first special figure display result determination table shown in FIGS. 8-7 and 8-8, and the second special figure display result determination shown in FIGS. 8-9 and 8-10. Table, jackpot type determination table (for the first special symbol) shown in FIG. 8-11 (A), jackpot type determination table (for the second special symbol) shown in FIG. 8-11 (B), and jackpot fluctuation pattern determination A table, a small hit variation pattern determination table, an outlier variation pattern determination table, a general map display result determination table (not shown), a general map variation pattern determination table (not shown), and the like are included.

The pachinko gaming machine 1 of the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment is configured such that the jackpot winning probability (ball output rate) changes according to the set value. Specifically, in the special symbol normal processing of the special symbol process processing described later, the jackpot winning probability (ball output rate) is changed by using the display result judgment table (winning probability) according to the set value. .. The set value consists of 6 stages from 1 to 6, with 6 having the highest payout rate, and the smaller the value in the order of 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 the lower the payout rate. That is, when 6 is set as the set value, the advantage is highest for the player, and the smaller the value in the order of 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 is, the lower the advantage is. In other words, as for the set value, 6 which is the largest value is the most disadvantageous value for the amusement park side, and the smaller the value in the order of 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 is the more advantageous value for the amusement park side. Become.

8-7 to 8-10 are explanatory views showing a display result determination table. The display result determination table is a collection of data stored in the ROM 101, and is a table in which a hit determination value to be compared with MR1 is set for each set value. In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, as the display result determination table, individual display result determination tables are used for the first special figure and the second special figure, but the present invention is not limited thereto. , The display result determination table common to the first special figure and the second special figure may be used.

In FIG. 8-7 (A), the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 1, and the gaming state is the normal state (low probability low base state) or the time saving state (low probability high base state). This is a display result determination table for the first special figure selected in a certain case. In the first special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1237 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

FIG. 8-7 (B) is the first special figure selected when the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 1, and the gaming state is the probabilistic state (high probability high base state). Display result judgment table. In the first special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1346 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

In FIG. 8-7 (C), the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 2, and the gaming state is the normal state (low accuracy low base state) or the time saving state (low accuracy high base state). This is a display result determination table for the first special figure selected in a certain case. In the first special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1253 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

FIG. 8-7 (D) is the first special figure selected when the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 2, and the gaming state is the probabilistic state (high probability high base state). Display result judgment table. In the first special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1383 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

In FIG. 8-7 (E), the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 3, and the gaming state is the normal state (low accuracy low base state) or the time saving state (low accuracy high base state). This is a display result determination table for the first special figure selected in a certain case. In the first special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1272 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

FIG. 8-7 (F) is the first special figure selected when the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 3, and the gaming state is the probabilistic state (high probability high base state). Display result judgment table. In the first special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1429 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

In FIG. 8-8 (A), the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 4, and the gaming state is the normal state (low probability low base state) or the time saving state (low probability high base state). This is a display result determination table for the first special figure selected in a certain case. In the first special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1292 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

FIG. 8-8 (B) is the first special figure selected when the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 4, and the gaming state is the probabilistic state (high probability high base state). Display result judgment table. In the first special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1487 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33049 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

In FIG. 8-8 (C), the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 5, and the gaming state is the normal state (low accuracy low base state) or the time saving state (low accuracy high base state). This is a display result determination table for the first special figure selected in a certain case. In the first special figure display result judgment table, among the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take a value in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1317 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

FIG. 8-8 (D) is the first special figure selected when the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 5, and the gaming state is the probabilistic state (high probability high base state). Display result judgment table. In the first special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1556 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

In FIG. 8-8 (E), the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 6, and the gaming state is the normal state (low probability low base state) or the time saving state (low probability high base state). This is a display result determination table for the first special figure selected in a certain case. In the first special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1346 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

FIG. 8-8 (F) is the first special figure selected when the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 6, and the gaming state is the probabilistic state (high probability high base state). Display result judgment table. In the first special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1674 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33094 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

In FIG. 8-9 (A), the variable special figure is the second special figure, the set value is 1, and the gaming state is the normal state (low probability low base state) or the time saving state (low probability high base state). This is a display result determination table for the second special figure selected in a certain case. In the second special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1237 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

FIG. 8-9 (B) is the second special figure selected when the variable special figure is the second special figure, the set value is 1, and the gaming state is the probabilistic state (high probability high base state). Display result judgment table. In the second special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1346 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

In FIG. 8-9 (C), the variable special figure is the second special figure, the set value is 2, and the gaming state is the normal state (low accuracy low base state) or the time saving state (low accuracy high base state). This is a display result determination table for the first special figure selected in a certain case. In the second special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1253 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

FIG. 8-9 (D) is the second special figure selected when the variable special figure is the second special figure, the set value is 2, and the gaming state is the probabilistic state (high probability high base state). Display result judgment table. In the second special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1383 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

In FIG. 8-9 (E), the variable special figure is the second special figure, the set value is 3, and the gaming state is the normal state (low accuracy low base state) or the time saving state (low accuracy high base state). This is a display result determination table for the second special figure selected in a certain case. In the second special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1272 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "out of place".

FIG. 8-9 (F) is the second special figure selected when the variable special figure is the second special figure, the set value is 3, and the gaming state is the probabilistic state (high probability high base state). Display result judgment table. In the second special figure display result judgment table, among the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1429 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

In FIG. 8-10 (A), the variable special figure is the second special figure, the set value is 4, and the gaming state is the normal state (low accuracy low base state) or the time saving state (low accuracy high base state). This is a display result determination table for the second special figure selected in a certain case. In the second special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1292 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "out of place".

FIG. 8-10 (B) is the second special figure selected when the variable special figure is the second special figure, the set value is 4, and the gaming state is the probabilistic state (high probability high base state). Display result judgment table. In the second special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1487 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

In FIG. 8-10 (C), the variable special figure is the second special figure, the set value is 5, and the gaming state is the normal state (low accuracy low base state) or the time saving state (low accuracy high base state). This is a display result determination table for the second special figure selected in a certain case. In the second special figure display result judgment table, among the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1317 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

FIG. 8-10 (D) is the second special figure selected when the variable special figure is the second special figure, the set value is 5, and the gaming state is the probabilistic state (high probability high base state). Display result judgment table. In the second special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1556 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

In FIG. 8-10 (E), the variable special figure is the second special figure, the set value is 6, and the gaming state is the normal state (low accuracy low base state) or the time saving state (low accuracy high base state). This is a display result determination table for the second special figure selected in a certain case. In the second special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1346 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

FIG. 8-10 (F) is the first special figure selected when the variable special figure is the first special figure, the set value is 6, and the gaming state is the probabilistic state (high probability high base state). Display result judgment table. In the first special figure display result judgment table, out of the hit judgment values that are numerical values that can take values in the range of 0 to 65535 and are compared with the random number value MR1 for special figure display result judgment, up to 1020 to 1674 are It is assigned to "big hit", 32767 to 33421 are assigned to "small hit", and other numerical ranges are assigned to "missing".

As described above, in each display result judgment table, when the game state is in the probability change state (high probability state), more judgment values than in the normal state or the time saving state are the special figures of "big hit". It is assigned to the display result. As a result, in the probabilistic state in which the pachinko gaming machine 1 performs probabilistic change control, the probability that it is determined to control the special figure display result as a "big hit" in the big hit game state in the normal state or the time saving state (the present embodiment). In the feature unit 245SG of, 1/300 when the set value is 1, 1/280 when the set value is 2, 1/260 when the set value is 3, and 1/240 when the set value is 4. Compared to 1/220 when the set value is 5 and 1/200 when the set value is 6, the probability that the special figure display result will be controlled as a "big hit" and controlled to the big hit gaming state is higher (this). In the feature unit 245SG of the embodiment, when the set value is 1, 1/200, when the set value is 2, 1/180, when the set value is 3, 1/160, and when the set value is 4, 1 / 140, 1/120 when the set value is 5, 1/100 when the set value is 6). That is, in each display result determination table, when the gaming state in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is in the probabilistic state, the probability of being determined to control the jackpot gaming state is higher than in the normal state or the time saving state. , The determination value is assigned to the determination result of whether or not to control the jackpot gaming state.

In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-7 to 8-10, the magnification of the jackpot probability in the probability variation state with respect to the jackpot probability in the normal state and the time saving state is different according to each set value. Different (for example, if the set value is 1, the probability variation of the jackpot probability in the normal state or the time saving state is 1.5 times, and if the setting value is 2, the probability variation with respect to the jackpot probability in the normal state or the time saving state is 1.5 times. The jackpot probability multiplier in the state is about 1.56 times, and if the set value is 3, the jackpot probability multiplier in the probability variation state with respect to the jackpot probability in the normal state or the time saving state is 1.625 times). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the multiplication factor of the jackpot probability in the probability variation state to the jackpot probability in the normal state and the time saving state at each set value is constant (for example, 5 times). ) May be set.

Further, in each of the first special figure display result determination tables, the probability of being determined to control the special figure display result as a "small hit" to the small hit game state is the same regardless of the game state or the set value. Judgment values are assigned as follows. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 8-7 and 8-8, in the first special figure display result determination table, the special figure display result is set as a "small hit" regardless of the game state or the set value. The probability of being determined to control the small hit game state is set to 1/200.

On the other hand, in each display result determination table for the second special figure, the probability of being determined to control the special figure display result as a "small hit" to the small hit game state is the first special regardless of the game state or the set value. Judgment values are assigned so that the values are the same as those in the display result judgment table for figures. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 8-9 and 8-10, in the display result determination table for the second special figure, the special figure display result is set as a "small hit" regardless of the game state or the set value. The probability of being determined to control the small hit game state is set to 1/100.

It should be noted that the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment exemplifies a mode in which the probability of being determined to control the small hit game state with the special figure display result as "small hit" is the same regardless of the set value. The present invention is not limited to this, and the probability of being determined to control the small hit game state with the special figure display result as a "small hit" may be different depending on the set value. Further, the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment exemplifies a mode in which the probability of being determined to control the special figure display result as a "small hit" and the small hit gaming state is different according to the variable special map. The invention is not limited to this, and the probability of being determined to control the small hit gaming state with the special figure display result as a "small hit" may be the same probability regardless of the variable special map.

Here, focusing on the numerical range of the hit judgment values assigned to "big hit" and "small hit" in each display result judgment table, the display result for the first special figure when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state. In the determination table, the range from 1024 to 1237 of the hit determination values is set to the common numerical range of the jackpot determination values for determining the jackpot regardless of the set value.

When the set value is 1, only the common numerical range of the big hit judgment value for judging the big hit is set (1020 to 1237 are assigned to "big hit"), while the set value 2 In the case of ~ set value 6, the numerical range corresponding to each set value is set as the non-common numerical range of the jackpot determination value so as to be continuous from the common numerical range of the jackpot determination value. The non-common numerical range of the jackpot judgment value is a range of 1238 to 1253 for the set value 2, a range of 1238 to 1272 for the set value 3, a range of 1238 to 1292 for the set value 4, and a range of 1238 to 1317 for the set value 5. , The set value 6 is set in the range of 1238 to 1346, respectively.

That is, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, in the display result determination table for the first special figure when the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, the value is in the range of 0 to 65535 when the set value is 1. Of the hit judgment values that can be taken, only the values within the common numerical range (1020 to 1237) are assigned to "big hit", while when the set value is 2 or more, the common numerical value among the big hit judgment values is common. Numerical values within the range obtained by adding the non-common numerical range to the numerical range are assigned to "big hits". Further, the non-common numerical range increases with reference to 1238 as the value of the set value increases.

Therefore, the jackpot probability increases as the non-common numerical range continuous with the common numerical range increases as the set value increases, with 1020 as the reference value for the jackpot determination value (big hit reference value). go.

In the display result determination table for the first special figure when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, the range from 32767 to 33094 of the hit determination values is to determine the small hit regardless of the set value. It is set in the common numerical range of the small hit judgment value of. Focusing on the case where the set value is 6, when the set value is 6, the hit judgment values from 102 to 1346 are set in the numerical range of the big hit judgment value as described above, while they are small. The hit judgment value is 32767 to 33094 with 32767 as the reference value (small hit reference value) of the small hit judgment value in a numerical range different from the range of the big hit judgment value (1020 to 1346) in the case of the set value 6. Since it is set in the range, it is prevented that the numerical range of the small hit determination value overlaps with the range of the big hit determination value that changes according to each set value.

Next, in the display result determination table for the first special figure when the game state is the probability change state, the range from 102 to 1346 of the hit determination values is the jackpot determination value for determining the jackpot regardless of the set value. It is set in the common numerical range of.

When the set value is 1, only the common numerical range of the big hit judgment value for judging the big hit is set (1020-1346 is assigned to the "big hit"), while the set value 2 In the case of ~ set value 6, the numerical range corresponding to each set value is set as the non-common numerical range of the jackpot determination value so as to be continuous from the common numerical range of the jackpot determination value. The non-common numerical range of the jackpot judgment value is the range of 1347 to 1383 for the set value 2, the range of 1347 to 1429 for the set value 3, the range of 1347 to 1487 for the set value 4, and the range of 1347 to 1556 for the set value 5. , The set value 6 is set in the range of 1347 to 1674, respectively.

That is, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, in the display result determination table for the first special figure when the gaming state is the probabilistic state, the value can be taken in the range of 0 to 65535 when the set value is 1. Of the hit judgment values, only the values within the common numerical range (1020 to 1346) are assigned to the "big hit", while when the set value is 2 or more, the common numerical range of the big hit judgment values is set. Numerical values within the range including the non-common numerical range are assigned to "big hits". Further, the non-common numerical range increases with reference to 1347 as the value of the set value increases.

Therefore, the jackpot probability increases as the non-common numerical range continuous with the common numerical range increases as the set value increases, with 1020 as the reference value for the jackpot determination value (big hit reference value). go.

In the display result determination table for the first special figure when the game state is the probabilistic state, the hit determination value is the same as the display result determination table for the first special figure when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state. Of these, the range from 32767 to 33094 is set to the common numerical range of the small hit determination value for determining the small hit regardless of the set value. Focusing on the case where the set value is 6, when the set value is 6, 1020 to 1674 of the hit judgment values are set in the numerical range of the big hit judgment value as described above, while they are small. The hit judgment value is 32767 to 33094 with 32767 as the reference value (small hit reference value) of the small hit judgment value in a numerical range different from the range of the big hit judgment value (1020 to 1674) in the case of the set value 6. Since it is set in the range, it is prevented that the numerical range of the small hit determination value overlaps with the range of the big hit determination value that changes according to each set value.

In the display result judgment table for the second special figure when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, the range from 1020 to 1237 of the hit judgment values is the big hit judgment value for judging the big hit regardless of the set value. It is set in the common numerical range of.

When the set value is 1, only the common numerical range of the big hit judgment value for judging the big hit is set (1020 to 1237 are assigned to "big hit"), while the set value 2 In the case of ~ set value 6, the numerical range corresponding to each set value is set as the non-common numerical range of the jackpot determination value so as to be continuous from the common numerical range of the jackpot determination value. The non-common numerical range of the jackpot judgment value is a range of 1238 to 1253 for the set value 2, a range of 1238 to 1272 for the set value 3, a range of 1238 to 1292 for the set value 4, and a range of 1238 to 1317 for the set value 5. , The set value 6 is set in the range of 1238 to 1346, respectively.

That is, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, in the display result determination table for the second special figure when the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, the value is in the range of 0 to 65535 when the set value is 1. Of the hit judgment values that can be taken, only the values within the common numerical range (1020 to 1237) are assigned to "big hit", while when the set value is 2 or more, the common numerical value among the big hit judgment values is common. Numerical values within the range obtained by adding the non-common numerical range to the numerical range are assigned to "big hits". Further, the non-common numerical range increases with reference to 1238 as the value of the set value increases.

Therefore, the jackpot probability increases as the non-common numerical range continuous with the common numerical range increases as the set value increases, with 1020 as the reference value for the jackpot determination value (big hit reference value). go.

In the display result determination table for the second special figure when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, the range from 32767 to 33421 of the hit determination values is to determine the small hit regardless of the set value. It is set in the common numerical range of the small hit judgment value of. Focusing on the case where the set value is 6, when the set value is 6, the hit judgment values from 102 to 1346 are set in the numerical range of the big hit judgment value as described above, while they are small. The hit judgment value is 32767 to 33421 with 32767 as the reference value (small hit reference value) of the small hit judgment value in a numerical range different from the range of the big hit judgment value (1020 to 1346) in the case of the set value 6. Since it is set in the range, it is prevented that the numerical range of the small hit determination value overlaps with the range of the big hit determination value that changes according to each set value.

Next, in the display result determination table for the second special figure when the game state is the probability change state, the range from 102 to 1346 of the hit determination values is the jackpot determination value for determining the jackpot regardless of the set value. It is set in the common numerical range of.

When the set value is 1, only the common numerical range of the big hit judgment value for judging the big hit is set (1020-1346 is assigned to the "big hit"), while the set value 2 In the case of ~ set value 6, the numerical range corresponding to each set value is set as the non-common numerical range of the jackpot determination value so as to be continuous from the common numerical range of the jackpot determination value. The non-common numerical range of the jackpot judgment value is the range of 1347 to 1383 for the set value 2, the range of 1347 to 1429 for the set value 3, the range of 1347 to 1487 for the set value 4, and the range of 1347 to 1556 for the set value 5. , The set value 6 is set in the range of 1347 to 1674, respectively.

That is, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, in the display result determination table for FIG. 2 when the gaming state is the probabilistic state, when the set value is 1, the value can be taken in the range of 0 to 65535. Of the judgment values, only the values within the common numerical range (1020 to 1346) are assigned to the "big hit", while when the set value is 2 or more, the big hit judgment values are not included in the common numerical range. Numerical values within the range including the common numerical value range are assigned to "big hits". Further, the non-common numerical range increases with reference to 1347 as the value of the set value increases.

Therefore, the jackpot probability increases as the non-common numerical range continuous with the common numerical range increases as the set value increases, with 1020 as the reference value for the jackpot determination value (big hit reference value). go.

In the display result determination table for the second special figure when the game state is the probabilistic state, the hit determination value is the same as the display result determination table for the second special figure when the game state is the normal state or the time saving state. Of these, the range from 32767 to 33421 is set to the common numerical range of the small hit determination value for determining the small hit regardless of the set value. Focusing on the case where the set value is 6, when the set value is 6, 1020 to 1674 of the hit judgment values are set in the numerical range of the big hit judgment value as described above, while they are small. The hit judgment value is 32767 to 33421 with 32767 as the reference value (small hit reference value) of the small hit judgment value in a numerical range different from the range of the big hit judgment value (1020 to 1674) in the case of the set value 6. Since it is set in the range, it is prevented that the numerical range of the small hit determination value overlaps with the range of the big hit determination value that changes according to each set value.

As described above, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, in each display result determination table, regardless of the game state and the set value, the common numerical range or the common numerical range and the non-common numerical range are set based on the hit determination value 1020. The judgment value included in the continuous numerical range of 1 is set as the numerical range of the jackpot judgment value, and the continuous numerical range of 1 is based on the hit judgment value of 32767 regardless of the game state and the set value (common). The variable display result is judged by using the judgment value included in the numerical range) as the numerical range of the small hit judgment value.

Further, in each of these display result judgment tables, when the fluctuation special figures are the same, the numerical range of the small hit judgment value is the same regardless of the game state (the number of judgment values included in the numerical range of the small hit judgment value is Same). Further, the number of judgment values included in the numerical range of the small hit judgment value differs depending on whether the fluctuation special figure is the first special figure or the second special figure (small in the display result judgment table for the first special figure). While the number of judgment values included in the numerical range of the hit judgment value is 328, the number of judgment values included in the numerical range of the small hit judgment value in the display result judgment table for the second special figure is about 655. On the other hand, the numerical range itself of the small hit determination value is set with 32767 as the reference value (small hit reference value).

Further, as described above, in each gaming state, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 1, there is a probability that it is determined that the special figure display result is controlled to the jackpot gaming state as the "big hit". Judgment values are assigned so that the lower the value and the larger the value of the set value, the higher the probability that the special figure display result will be determined to be controlled to the jackpot gaming state as "big hit" (big hit probability: set value 6> set value). 5> Set value 4> Set value 3> Set value 2> Set value 1).

That is, the CPU 103 refers to the display result determination table corresponding to the set value set at that time, and when the value of MR1 matches any of the hit determination values corresponding to the jackpot, the CPU 103 hits the jackpot (big hit) with respect to the special symbol. It is decided to be A to jackpot C). Further, when MR1 matches any of the hit determination values corresponding to the small hit, it is determined that the special symbol is a small hit. That is, the winning of the big hit and the small hit is decided with the probability according to the set value. The "probability" shown in FIGS. 8-7 to 8-10 indicates the probability of a big hit (ratio) and the probability of a small hit (ratio). Further, determining whether or not to make a jackpot means determining whether or not to control the jackpot gaming state, but the stop symbol in the first special symbol display device 245SG004A or the second special symbol display device 245SG004B is determined. It also means deciding whether or not to make a big hit design. Further, determining whether or not to make a small hit means determining whether or not to control the small hit gaming state, but the stop at the first special symbol display device 245SG004A or the second special symbol display device 245SG004B. It also means deciding whether or not to make the symbol a small hit symbol.

In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, a total of 6 set values of 1 to 6 are provided as set values that can be set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, but the present invention is not limited to this. , The set value that can be set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 may be 5 or less or 7 or more.

8-11 (A) and 8-11 (B) are explanatory views showing a jackpot type determination table (for the first special symbol) and a jackpot type determination table (for the second special symbol) stored in the ROM 101. Is. Of these, FIG. 8-11 (A) determines the jackpot type using the hold memory based on the game ball winning the first start winning opening (that is, when the variable display of the first special symbol is performed). It is a table when you do. Further, FIG. 8-11 (B) determines the jackpot type using the hold memory based on the game ball winning the second start winning opening (that is, when the second special symbol is variably displayed). It is a table of cases.

In the jackpot type determination table, when it is determined that the variable display result is a jackpot symbol, the jackpot type is selected from jackpot A to jackpot C based on the random number (MR2) for determining the jackpot type. It is a table referenced to determine.

Here, the jackpot type in the feature portion 245SG of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 8-12. In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the jackpot types include jackpot A (also referred to as non-probability variable jackpot) in which only the time saving control is executed after the end of the jackpot game state and the game shifts to the low probability high base state. After the end, the high-accuracy control and the time-saving control are executed, and the jackpot B and the jackpot C (also referred to as the probabilistic jackpot) for shifting to the high-accuracy high-base state are set.

The big hit game state by "big hit A" is a normally open big hit in which the special variable winning ball device 7 is changed to the first state which is advantageous for the player five times (so-called 5 rounds) and is repeatedly executed. The jackpot game state by "B" is a normal open jackpot in which the special variable winning ball device 7 is repeatedly executed 10 times (so-called 10 rounds) to change the special variable winning ball device 7 into the first state which is advantageous for the player. Further, the big hit game state by the "big hit C" is a normal open big hit in which the special variable winning ball device 7 is repeatedly executed 15 times (so-called 15 rounds) to change the special variable winning ball device 7 into the first state advantageous to the player.

The time saving control executed after the end of the big hit game state by the "big hit A" is that the special figure game is executed a predetermined number of times (100 times in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment), or the special figure game of the predetermined number of times is executed. Figure Ends when the game is in a jackpot game state before the game is executed.

On the other hand, the high-accuracy control and the time saving control executed after the end of the jackpot gaming state of the jackpot B or the jackpot C are continuously executed until the jackpot occurs again after the end of the jackpot gaming state. Therefore, when the big hit that occurs again is the big hit B or the big hit C, the high accuracy control and the time saving control are executed again after the end of the big hit game state, so that the big hit game state is continuous without going through the normal state. It becomes a so-called consecutive villa state that occurs in.

In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, a mode in which three types of jackpots A to C are provided as jackpot types is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the jackpot type is 2. There may be less than one type, or four or more types.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8-11 (A), in the jackpot type determination table (for the first special symbol), 0 to 99 out of the range 0 to 299 of the determination value of MR2 is assigned to the jackpot A. 100 to 249 are assigned to jackpot B, and 250 to 299 are assigned to jackpot C. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 8-11 (B), in the jackpot type determination table (for the second special symbol), 0 to 99 out of the range 0 to 299 of the determination value of MR2 is assigned to jackpot A. 100 to 199 are assigned to jackpot B, and 200 to 299 are assigned to jackpot C. That is, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the determination ratio of the jackpot type differs depending on whether the winning opening in which the game ball has won is the first starting winning opening or the second starting winning opening. , The jackpot type is determined at a common ratio regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1.

In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the jackpot type is determined by using MR2 which is a random value for determining the jackpot type, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the jackpot type is not limited to this. It may be determined using MR1 which is a random value for determining the special figure display result.

Further, the ROM 101 also stores a variation pattern determination table for determining the variation pattern based on the random number value MR3 for determining the variation pattern, and the variation pattern can be selected from the plurality of types described above according to the predetermined determination result. Determine to one of the fluctuation patterns of.

Specifically, as the fluctuation pattern judgment table, the fluctuation pattern judgment table for big hits used when it is predetermined to set the variable display result to "big hit" and the variable display result to be "small hit". A fluctuation pattern judgment table for big hits used when it is pre-determined, and a fluctuation pattern judgment table for misses used when it is pre-determined to make the variable display result "off" are prepared in advance. ing.

In the jackpot fluctuation pattern determination table, the fluctuation pattern of the normal reach jackpot (PB1-1), the fluctuation pattern of the super reach α jackpot (PB1-2), the fluctuation pattern of the super reach β jackpot (PB1-3), and the revival effect are executed. Not super reach γ jackpot fluctuation pattern (PB1-4), super reach γ jackpot fluctuation pattern (PB1-5) to execute revival effect, super reach δ jackpot fluctuation pattern (PB1-6) On the other hand, a predetermined random number value is assigned as the determination value in the range that the random number value MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern can take.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-13 (A), in the jackpot variation pattern determination table, 1 to 50 of the MR3 determination value ranges 1 to 997 are normal reach jackpot variation patterns (PB1). -1) is assigned, 51 to 200 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern of the super reach α jackpot (PB1-2), and 201 to 400 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern of the super reach β jackpot (PB1-3). It is assigned, and 401 to 650 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ jackpot (PB1-4) that does not execute the resurrection effect, and 651 to 700 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ jackpot that executes the resurrection effect. It is assigned to (PB1-5), and 701 to 997 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PB1-6) of the super reach δ jackpot.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the fluctuation pattern for big hits is determined by using the fluctuation pattern determination table of 1, that is, the pachinko. Although the embodiment in which the determination rate of the fluctuation pattern is the same when the variable display result is a big hit regardless of the set value set in the gaming machine 1, the present invention is not limited to this. , The determination ratio of each fluctuation pattern may be different for each set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1.

Further, in the variation pattern determination table for small hits, a predetermined random number value is a determination value within the range that the random number value MR3 for determining the variation pattern can take with respect to the variation pattern of the variation pattern (PC1-1) for small hits. Is assigned as. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-13 (B), in the variation pattern determination table for small hits, the variation pattern of small hits from 0 to 997 in the range 0 to 997 of the determination value of MR3 ( It is assigned to PC1-1). Although only PC1-1 is provided as the variation pattern of the small hit in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the present invention is not limited to this, and the variation pattern of the small hit is 2 or more. Fluctuation pattern of may be provided.

Further, the deviation pattern determination table includes the deviation pattern determination table A used when the number of reserved storages is 1 or less in the low base state in which the game state is not subjected to the time reduction control, and the low base. The deviation pattern determination table B used when the total number of reserved storages is 2 to 4 in the state, and the deviation variation used when the total number of reserved storages is 5 to 8 in the low base state. A pattern determination table C and a variation pattern determination table D for deviation used when the game state is a high base state in which time reduction control is performed are prepared in advance.

In the deviation pattern determination table A, the non-reach deviation variation pattern without shortening (PA1-1), the normal reach deviation variation pattern (PA2-1), the super reach α deviation variation pattern (PA2-2), and the super Random value MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern is taken for the fluctuation pattern of reach β off (PA2-3), the fluctuation pattern of super reach γ off (PA2-4), and the fluctuation pattern of super reach δ off (PA2-5). A predetermined random number value is assigned as a judgment value in the possible range.

As shown in FIG. 8-14 (A), in the deviation pattern determination table A (for low-base medium total hold storage number of 1 or less), 1 to 450 out of the range of MR3 determination values 1 to 997. Are assigned to the non-reach out-of-reach fluctuation pattern (PA1-1), 451 to 700 are assigned to the normal reach out-of-reach fluctuation pattern (PA2-1), and 701 to 850 are out of super reach α. It is assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PA2-2), and 851 to 930 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PA2-3) out of super reach β, and 931 to 970 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PA2) out of super reach γ. -4) is assigned, and 971 to 997 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PA2-5) out of super reach δ.

Further, in the deviation pattern determination table B, the shortened non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-2), the normal reach deviation variation pattern (PA2-1), and the super Reach α out-of-reach fluctuation pattern (PA2-2), Super reach β out-of-range fluctuation pattern (PA2-3) Super reach γ out-of-range fluctuation pattern (PA2-4), Super reach δ out-of-range fluctuation pattern (PA2-5) On the other hand, a predetermined random number value within the range that the random number value MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern can take is assigned as the determination value.

As shown in FIG. 8-14 (B), in the deviation pattern determination table B (for 2 to 4 low-base medium total pending storage numbers), 1 to 1 of the MR3 determination value ranges 1 to 997. Up to 500 are assigned to the non-reach out-of-reach fluctuation pattern (PA1-2), 501 to 700 are assigned to the normal reach out-of-reach fluctuation pattern (PA2-1), and 701 to 850 are out of super reach α. Is assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PA2-2) of, 851 to 930 is assigned to the fluctuation pattern of super reach β out of order (PA2-3), and 931 to 970 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern of super reach γ out of order (PA2-3). It is assigned to PA2-4), and 971 to 997 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PA2-5) out of super reach δ.

Further, in the deviation pattern determination table C, the shortened non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-3), the normal reach deviation variation pattern (PA2-1), and the super Fluctuation pattern of reach α off (PA2-2), fluctuation pattern of super reach β off (PA2-3), fluctuation pattern of super reach γ off (PA2-4), fluctuation pattern of super reach δ off (PS2-5) On the other hand, a predetermined random number value within the range that the random number value MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern can take is assigned as the determination value.

As shown in FIG. 8-14 (C), in the deviation pattern determination table C (for 5 or more total pending storage numbers in the low base), 1 to 550 out of the range 1 to 997 of the determination value of MR3. Are assigned to the non-reach out-of-reach fluctuation pattern (PA1-3), 551 to 700 are assigned to the normal reach out-of-reach fluctuation pattern (PA2-1), and 701 to 850 are out of super reach α. It is assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PA2-2), and 851 to 930 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PA2-3) out of super reach β, and 931 to 970 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PA2) out of super reach γ. -4) is assigned, and 971 to 997 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PA2-5) out of super reach δ.

Further, in the deviation pattern determination table D, the shortening non-reach deviation variation pattern (PA1-4), the normal reach deviation variation pattern (PA2-1), and the super reach α deviation variation pattern corresponding to the time reduction control are performed. (PA2-2), fluctuation pattern of super reach β out of alignment (PA2-3), fluctuation pattern of super reach γ out of alignment (PA2-4), fluctuation pattern of super reach δ out of alignment (PA2-5) A predetermined random number value is assigned as a determination value in the range that the MR3 can take.

As shown in FIG. 8-14 (D), in the deviation pattern determination table D (for high base and medium), 1 to 550 of the judgment value ranges 1 to 997 of MR3 are non-reach deviation variations. It is assigned to the pattern (PA1-4), and 551 to 700 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern of normal reach loss (PA2-1), and 701 to 850 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern of super reach α loss (PA2-2). 851 to 930 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern of super reach β out of order (PA2-3), and 931 to 970 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern of out of super reach γ (PA2-4). The numbers 971 to 997 are assigned to the fluctuation pattern (PA2-5) out of the super reach δ.

As described above, when the deviation pattern determination tables A to D are used, the ratio for determining the non-reach variation pattern and the normal reach variation pattern is set higher than the ratio for determining the super reach variation pattern. When the deviation pattern determination tables A to D are used, 701 to 850 of the determination values are the fluctuation patterns of the super reach α deviation, and 851 to 930 are the deviation patterns of the super reach β, regardless of the fluctuation pattern determination table. Fluctuation patterns, 931 to 970 are assigned to the fluctuation patterns of the super reach γ, and 971 to 997 are assigned to the fluctuation patterns of the super reach δ, that is, when the variable display result is out of alignment, the super reach Since the fluctuation pattern is determined by a common determination ratio, it is possible to prevent the effect from being lowered due to the variable display according to the fluctuation pattern of the super reach not being executed.

In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, as the deviation pattern, the fluctuation pattern of the super reach α deviation, the fluctuation pattern of the super reach β deviation, the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ deviation, and the fluctuation pattern of the super reach δ deviation Although the respective determination ratios exemplify the completely same form between the set values, the present invention is not limited to this, and these fluctuation patterns of the super reach α deviation and the fluctuation of the super reach β deviation are illustrated. The determination ratios of the pattern, the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ deviation, and the fluctuation pattern of the super reach δ deviation may be different for each set value.

In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, when the variable display result is out of alignment, the embodiment in which the determination ratio of the fluctuation pattern of the super reach is the same is illustrated, but the present invention is limited to this. If the variable display result is out of order, the determination ratios of all the fluctuation patterns of non-reach, normal reach, and super reach may be the same, and the fluctuation of either non-reach and normal reach may be the same. Only the pattern determination rate may be the same.

The non-reach non-reach variation pattern (PA1-2) has a shorter variation time than the non-reach non-reach variation pattern (PA1-1) without shortening, and the non-reach variation pattern (PA1-2) is more non-reach. The deviation pattern (PA1-3) has a shorter fluctuation time (see FIG. 8-6). Therefore, when the number of reserved memories increases, the non-reach out-of-reach fluctuation pattern with a short fluctuation time is determined, so that the reserved memories are easily digested, and the number of reserved memories reaches the upper limit of 4. By winning a start prize while the player is in the game, it becomes difficult for a useless start prize to be stored, and when the number of stored memories decreases, the fluctuation time is long and the non-reach is out of reach. By determining the pattern (PA1-1), the variable display time becomes longer, so that it is possible to prevent the game from being less interesting due to the variable display not being executed.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-14 (A) to 8-14 (C), variations are made using a variation pattern determination table for deviation, which differs depending on the total number of reserved storages. Although the form of determining the pattern is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and the number of reserved storages in the special symbol to be changed (for example, when the variable display of the first special symbol is executed, the first is the first. The variation pattern may be determined using a variation pattern determination table for deviation depending on the number of reserved storages of the special symbol and the number of reserved storages of the second special symbol when the variable display of the second special symbol is executed).

Further, the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment exemplifies a mode in which there is a one-to-one correspondence between whether or not to execute the reach effect and which reach effect is to be executed for each determined fluctuation pattern. The present invention is not limited to this, and whether or not the effect control CPU 120 executes the reach effect based on the special figure variation time of the variation pattern, the variable display result, etc., and which reach effect is executed. You may decide whether to do it by lottery.

The RAM 102 included in the game control microcomputer 100 shown in FIG. 8-1 may be a backup RAM in which a part or all of the RAM 102 is backed up by a backup power source created on a predetermined power supply board. That is, even if the power supply to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is stopped, a part or all of the contents of the RAM 102 are stored for a predetermined period (until the capacitor as the backup power supply is discharged and the backup power supply cannot be supplied with power). NS. In particular, at least the data corresponding to the game state, that is, the control state of the game control means (such as the special figure process flag) and the data indicating the number of unpaid prize balls may be stored in the backup RAM. The data according to the control state of the game control means is data necessary for recovering the control state before the occurrence of the power failure or the like based on the data when the data is restored after the power failure or the like occurs. Further, the data corresponding to the control state and the data indicating the number of unpaid prize balls are defined as the data indicating the progress state of the game.

Such a RAM 102 is provided with a game control data holding area (not shown) as an area for holding various data used for controlling the progress of the game in the pachinko gaming machine 1. The game control data holding area includes a first special figure holding storage unit, a second special drawing holding storage unit, a normal drawing holding storage unit, a game control flag setting unit, a game control timer setting unit, and a game control counter. It has a setting unit and a game control buffer setting unit.

The first special figure reservation storage unit is a special figure in which the game ball passes (enters) through the first start winning opening formed by the winning ball device 6A and a starting prize (first starting winning) is generated, but has not yet been started. The reserved data of the game (the special figure game using the first special figure in the first special symbol display device 245SG004A) is stored. As an example, the first special figure reservation storage unit associates the winning order (the order of detecting the game ball) with the holding number with the first starting winning opening, and satisfies the first starting condition in the passage (entry) of the game ball. The random number MR1 for determining the special figure display result, the random number MR2 for determining the jackpot type, and the numerical data indicating the random number MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern, which are extracted from the random number circuit 104 or the like by the CPU 103 based on the above, are reserved data. , Store until the number of stored items reaches a predetermined upper limit value (for example, "4"). The hold data stored in the first special figure hold storage unit in this way indicates that the execution of the special figure game using the first special figure is suspended, and the variable display result (special figure display result) in this special figure game. ) Will be the pending information that makes it possible to determine whether or not it will be a big hit.

In the second special figure reservation storage unit, the game ball passes (enters) through the second start winning opening formed by the variable winning ball device 6B, and a starting winning (second starting winning) is generated, but the special drawing has not been started yet. The reserved data of the figure game (the special figure game using the second special figure in the second special symbol display device 245SG004B) is stored. As an example, the second special figure reservation storage unit associates the winning order (the order of detecting the game ball) with the holding number with the second starting winning opening, and satisfies the second starting condition in the passage (entry) of the game ball. The random number value MR1 for determining the special figure display result, the random number value MR2 for determining the jackpot type, and the numerical data indicating the random number value MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern, which are extracted from the random number circuit 104 or the like by the CPU 103 based on , Store until the number reaches a predetermined upper limit (for example, "4"). The hold data stored in the second special figure hold storage unit in this way indicates that the execution of the special figure game using the second special figure is suspended, and the variable display result (special figure display result) in this special figure game. ) Will be the pending information that makes it possible to determine whether or not it will be a big hit.

It should be noted that the hold information (first hold information) based on the establishment of the first start condition due to the game ball passing (entering) through the first start winning opening and the game ball passing (entering) through the second start winning opening. The hold information (second hold information) based on the establishment of the second start winning prize may be stored in association with the hold number in the common hold storage unit. In this case, the start port data indicating which of the first start winning opening and the second starting winning opening the game ball has passed (entered) may be included in the hold information and stored in association with the hold number. ..

The normal figure hold storage unit stores the hold information of the normal figure game that has not yet been started by the normal symbol display 245SG020 even though the game ball that has passed through the passing gate 41 is detected by the gate switch 21. For example, the normal figure hold storage unit is associated with the hold number in the order in which the game balls pass through the passage gate 41, and is for determining the normal figure display result extracted from the random number circuit 104 or the like by the CPU 103 based on the passage of the game balls. Numerical data indicating the random number value MR4 of the above is set as pending data, and is stored until the number reaches a predetermined upper limit value (for example, “4”).

The game control flag setting unit is provided with a plurality of types of flags that can update the state according to the progress of the game in the pachinko gaming machine 1. For example, the game control flag setting unit stores data indicating a flag value and data indicating an on state or an off state for each of a plurality of types of flags.

The game control timer setting unit is provided with various timers used to control the progress of the game in the pachinko gaming machine 1. For example, the game control timer setting unit stores data indicating timer values for each of a plurality of types of timers.

The game control counter setting unit is provided with a plurality of types of counters for counting the count values used for controlling the progress of the game in the pachinko gaming machine 1. For example, the game control counter setting unit stores data indicating count values for each of a plurality of types of counters. Here, the game control counter setting unit may be provided with a random counter for the CPU 103 to count a part or all of the game random numbers so that they can be updated by software.

In the random counter of the game control counter setting unit, a random number value not generated by the random number circuit 104, for example, numerical data indicating the random number values MR2 to MR4 is stored as a random count value, and periodically according to the execution of the software by the CPU 103. Numerical data indicating each random number value is updated targetly or irregularly. The software executed by the CPU 103 to update the random count value may be for updating the random count value separately from the operation of updating the numerical data in the random number circuit 104, or may be extracted from the random number circuit 104. It may be for updating the random count value by performing a predetermined process such as scramble processing or arithmetic processing on all or a part of the numerical data.

The game control buffer setting unit is provided with various buffers for temporarily storing data used for controlling the progress of the game in the pachinko gaming machine 1. For example, the game control buffer setting unit stores data indicating buffer values in each of a plurality of types of buffers.

Further, the RAM 122 mounted on the effect control board 12 is provided with an effect control data holding area as an area for holding various data used for controlling the effect operation. The effect control data holding area includes an effect control flag setting unit, an effect control timer setting unit, an effect control counter setting unit, and an effect control buffer setting unit.

In the effect control flag setting unit, there are a plurality of types that can update the state according to the effect operation state such as the display state of the effect image on the screen of the image display device 5 and the effect control command transmitted from the main board 11. A flag is provided. For example, the effect control flag setting unit stores data indicating the value of the flag and data indicating the on state or the off state for each of the plurality of types of flags.

The effect control timer setting unit is provided with a plurality of types of timers used to control the progress of various effect operations such as the display operation of the effect image on the screen of the image display device 5. For example, the effect control timer setting unit stores data indicating timer values for each of a plurality of types of timers.

The effect control counter setting unit is provided with a plurality of types of counters used to control the progress of various effect operations. For example, the effect control counter setting unit stores data indicating the count values of the plurality of types of counters.

The effect control buffer setting unit is provided with various buffers for temporarily storing data used for controlling the progress of various effect operations. For example, the effect control buffer setting unit stores data indicating buffer values in each of a plurality of types of buffers.

In addition, the data constituting the start winning command buffer at the time of winning is stored in the predetermined area of the effect control buffer setting unit. The command buffer received at the time of starting winning corresponds to the storage area (buffer numbers "1-1" to "1-4" corresponding to the maximum value (for example, "4") of the total number of reserved storages in the first special figure reserved storage. A storage area (area corresponding to the buffer number "1-0") corresponding to the first special figure during variable display is provided. Further, in the start winning command buffer, the storage area (buffer numbers "2-1" to "2-4" corresponding to the maximum value (for example, "4") of the total number of reserved storages in the second special figure reserved storage is stored. (Area corresponding to) and a storage area (area corresponding to the buffer number “2-0”) corresponding to the second special figure during variable display are provided. When there is a start prize to the 1st start winning opening or the 2nd starting winning opening, the starting opening winning designation command (1st starting opening winning designation command or the 2nd starting opening winning designation command) or the hold memory number notification command ( Commands such as the first hold storage number notification command or the second hold storage number notification command) are transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 as one set. The storage area corresponding to the 1st special figure hold storage and the storage area corresponding to the 2nd special figure hold storage in the received command buffer at the time of starting winning associate these commands, and the 1st special figure hold storage and the 2nd special figure hold storage. Figure A storage area (entry) for storing separately from the hold storage is secured.

The stored contents of these storage areas (entries) will be described later when the start condition is satisfied and the variable display of the highest held storage (buffer number "1-1" or buffer number "2-1") is started. It is shifted up one by one so that it does.

The effect control CPU 120 stores the command at the time of starting winning to the first starting winning opening from the beginning (the entry with the youngest buffer number) in the empty entry corresponding to the first special figure hold storage of the received command buffer at the time of starting winning. At the time of starting winning to the second starting winning opening, the command is stored from the beginning (the entry with the youngest buffer number) in the empty entry corresponding to the second special figure hold storage of the received command buffer at the time of starting winning. At the time of the start winning, the start opening prize designation command to the hold storage number notification command are sequentially transmitted. Therefore, when the command is received, each command is stored in the storage area corresponding to each of the end "1" to "4" of the buffer number corresponding to the first special figure hold storage or the second special figure hold storage. I will go.

Next, the process executed by the CPU 103 in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 8-15 is a flowchart showing the start winning determination process (S101) shown in FIG. In the start winning determination process, as shown in FIG. 8-15, the CPU 103 first receives a detection signal from the first start opening switch 22A provided corresponding to the first start winning opening formed by the winning ball device 6A. Based on this, it is determined whether or not the first start port switch 22A is ON (245SGS501a). At this time, if the first start port switch 22A is on (245SGS501a; Y), the number of reserved special figures reserved for the special figure game using the first special figure is set to a predetermined upper limit value (the number of reserved stored figures of the first special figure). For example, it is determined whether or not the upper limit storage number is "4") (245SGS502). The CPU 103 may specify the first special figure reserved storage number by reading, for example, the first reserved storage number count value which is the stored value of the first reserved storage number counter provided in the game control counter setting unit. When the number of reserved storages in the first special figure is not the upper limit value (245SGS502; N), for example, the stored value of the start port buffer provided in the game control buffer setting unit is set to "1" (245SGS503).

When the first start port switch 22A is off at 245SGS501a (245SGS501a; N) or when the first special figure reserved storage number reaches the upper limit value at 245SGS502 (245SGS502; Y), the variable winning ball device 6B Based on the detection signal from the second start port switch 22B provided corresponding to the second start winning opening formed by, it is determined whether or not the second start port switch 22B is on (245SGS501b). At this time, if the second start port switch 22B is on (245SGS501b; Y), the number of reserved special figures reserved for the special figure game using the second special figure is the predetermined upper limit value (the number of reserved stored figures of the second special figure). For example, it is determined whether or not the upper limit storage number is "4") (245SGS505). The CPU 103 may specify the second special figure reserved storage number by reading, for example, the second reserved storage number count value which is the stored value of the second reserved storage number counter provided in the game control counter setting unit. When the second special figure reserved storage number is not the upper limit value in 245SGS505 (245SGS505; N), for example, the stored value of the start port buffer provided in the game control buffer setting unit is set to "2" (245SGS506).

When the second start port switch is not on (245SGS501b; N) or when the second special figure reserved storage number is the upper limit value (245SGS505; Y), the start winning determination process ends.

After executing any of the processes of 245SGS503 and 245SGS506, the special figure hold storage number corresponding to the start port buffer value, which is the stored value of the start port buffer, is updated to be added by 1 (245SGS507). For example, when the start port buffer value is "1", the first hold storage count value is added by 1, while when the start port buffer value is "2", the second hold storage count value is added by 1. In this way, the first hold memory count value is set to 1 when the game ball passes (enters) the first start winning opening and the first start condition corresponding to the special figure game using the first special figure is satisfied. Updated to increase. Further, the second reserved memory count value is set to 1 when the game ball passes (enters) the second start winning opening and the second start condition corresponding to the special figure game using the second special figure is satisfied. Updated to increase. At this time, the total number of reserved storages is also updated to be added by 1 (245SGS508). For example, the total hold storage count value, which is the stored value of the total hold storage counter provided in the game control counter setting unit, may be updated so as to be added by 1.

After executing the process of 245SGS508, the CPU 103 uses the random number value MR1 for determining the special figure display result and the jackpot type determination from among the numerical data updated by the random number circuit 104 and the random counter of the game control counter setting unit. Numerical data indicating the random number value MR2 and the random number value MR3 for determining the fluctuation pattern is extracted (245SGS509). Numerical data indicating each random number value extracted in this way is stored by being set as hold information at the beginning of an empty entry in the special figure hold storage unit corresponding to the start port buffer value (245SGS510). For example, when the start port buffer value is "1", the numerical data indicating the random numbers MR1 to MR3 is stored in the first special figure reservation storage unit, while when the start port buffer value is "2", the first 2 Numerical data indicating random values MR1 to MR3 are stored in the special figure hold storage unit.

The numerical data indicating the random value MR1 for determining the special figure display result and the random value MR2 for determining the jackpot type determines whether or not the variable display result of the special symbol or decorative symbol is set as "big hit", and further, the variable display result. It is used to determine the type of big hit when it is called "big hit". The random value MR3 for determining the variation pattern is used to determine the variation pattern including the variable display time of the special symbol or the decorative symbol. By executing the process of 245SGS509, the CPU 103 extracts numerical data indicating all of the random value values used for determining the variable display result of the special symbol or the decorative symbol and the variable display mode including the variable display time.

Following the processing of the 245SGS510, the transmission setting of the start opening winning designation command according to the start opening buffer value is performed (245SGS511). For example, when the start port buffer value is "1", the storage address of the first start port winning designation command table in the ROM 101 is stored in the buffer area specified by the send command pointer in the send command buffer. The setting for transmitting the first start opening prize designation command to 12 is made. On the other hand, when the start port buffer value is "2", the storage address of the second start port winning designation command table in the ROM 101 is stored in the buffer area of the transmission command buffer, so that the effect control board 12 is subjected to. Make settings to send the second start port winning designation command. The start port winning designation command set in this way is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 by, for example, executing the command control process of S27 shown in FIG. 4 after the special symbol process process is completed. Will be done.

Following the processing of 245SGS511, the random number value determination processing at the time of winning is executed (245SGS512). After that, for example, the hold storage number notification command is transmitted to the effect control board 12 by storing the storage address of the hold storage number notification command table in the ROM 101 in the buffer area specified by the transmission command pointer in the transmission command buffer. (245SGS513). The hold storage number notification command set in this way is transmitted from the main board 11 to the effect control board 12 by, for example, executing the command control process of S27 shown in FIG. 4 after the special symbol process process is completed. Will be done.

After executing the process of 245SGS513, it is determined whether or not the start port buffer value is "1" (245SGS514). At this time, if the start port buffer value is "1" (245SGS514; Y), the start port buffer is cleared, the stored value is initialized to "0", and then the process proceeds to (245SGS515) and 245SGS501b. On the other hand, when the start port buffer value is "2" (245SGS514; N), the start port buffer is cleared, the stored value is initialized to "0" (245SGS516), and then the start winning determination process is performed. To finish. As a result, even when both the first start port switch 22A and the second start port switch 22B simultaneously detect a valid start prize for the game ball, the process based on the detection of both valid start prizes can be reliably completed.

FIG. 8-16 (A) is a flowchart showing an example of the process executed by the 245 SGS 512 of FIG. 8-15 as the winning random number value determination process. When the variable display of the special symbol or the decorative symbol is started in the feature unit 245SG, the game state, the special symbol for executing the variable display, and the display according to the set value are displayed in the special symbol normal processing (step S22 in FIG. 5). Select the result judgment table (see FIGS. 8-7 to 8-10), and use the selected display result judgment table to set the special figure display result (variable display result of the special symbol) as a "big hit" and make a big hit game state. It is determined whether or not to control the game and whether or not to control the special figure display result as a "small hit" in the small hit game state.

On the other hand, apart from these determinations, the CPU 103 executes the winning random number value determination processing of the 245SGS512 at the timing when the game ball is detected at the starting winning opening (the first starting winning opening or the second starting winning opening). Therefore, it is determined whether or not it is determined that the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed as the special symbol display result, and whether or not the variable display mode of the decorative symbol becomes the predetermined display mode accompanied by super reach. conduct. As a result, it is determined whether or not to make a big hit or a small hit before the variable display of the special symbol or the decorative symbol based on the detection of the game ball that has entered the start winning opening is started, that is, at the start of the variable display. Before Then, as will be described later, the effect control CPU 120 or the like executes a look-ahead advance notice effect such as a hold display advance notice effect.

In the winning random number value determination process shown in FIG. 8-16 (A), the CPU 103 first confirms the state of the time saving flag and the probability variation flag provided in, for example, the game control flag setting unit 245SG152, for pachinko gaming. The current gaming state of the machine 1 is specified (245SGS521). The CPU 103 identifies that it is in the probability change state (high probability high base state) when the probability change flag is on, and is in the time saving state (low probability high base state) when the probability change flag is off and the time reduction flag is on. When both the probability variation flag and the time saving flag are off, it is sufficient to specify that the normal state (low probability low base state).

Following the processing of the 245SGS521, the CPU 103 specifies a set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 (245SGS522). Next, the display result determination table according to the current game state, the start opening buffer value, and the set value is selected and set (245SGS524).

Specifically, when the start port buffer value is "1", the set value is 1, and the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, the first special figure shown in FIG. 8-7 (A) is used. When the display result judgment table is set and the set value is 1 and the game state is the probability change state, the display result judgment table for the first special figure shown in FIG. 8-7 (B) is set and the set value is 2. When the game state is the normal state or the time saving state, the display result determination table for the first special figure shown in FIG. 8-7 (C) is set, the set value is 2, and the game state is in the probable change state. If there is, the display result determination table for the first special figure shown in FIG. 8-7 (D) is set, and if the set value is 3 and the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, FIG. 8-7 (E). ) Is set, and when the set value is 3 and the gaming state is the probabilistic state, the display result judgment table for the first special figure shown in FIG. 8-7 (F) is set. To set.

When the start port buffer value is "1", the set value is 4, and the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, the first special figure display result determination shown in FIG. 8-8 (A) is determined. When the table is set and the set value is 4 and the gaming state is the probabilistic state, the display result determination table for the first special figure shown in FIG. 8-8 (B) is set, and the set value is 5 and When the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, the display result determination table for the first special figure shown in FIG. 8-8 (C) is set, and when the set value is 5 and the gaming state is the probabilistic state. When the display result determination table for the first special figure shown in FIG. 8-8 (D) is set and the set value is 6 and the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, it is shown in FIG. 8-8 (E). The display result determination table for the first special figure is set, and when the set value is 6 and the gaming state is the probabilistic state, the display result determination table for the first special figure shown in FIG. 8-8 (F) is set. ..

When the start port buffer value is "2", the set value is 1, and the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, the display result determination for the second special figure shown in FIG. 8-9 (A) is determined. When the table is set and the set value is 1 and the gaming state is in the probabilistic state, the display result determination table for the second special figure shown in FIG. 8-9 (B) is set, and the set value is 2 and When the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, the display result determination table for the second special figure shown in FIG. 8-9 (C) is set, and when the set value is 2 and the gaming state is the probabilistic state. When the display result determination table for the second special figure shown in FIG. 8-9 (D) is set and the set value is 3 and the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, it is shown in FIG. 8-9 (E). The display result judgment table for the second special figure is set, and when the set value is 3 and the gaming state is the probabilistic state, the display result judgment table for the second special figure shown in FIG. 8-9 (F) is set. ..

Further, when the start port buffer value is "2", the set value is 4, and the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, the display result determination for the second special figure shown in FIG. 8-10 (A) is determined. When the table is set and the set value is 4 and the gaming state is the probabilistic state, the display result determination table for the second special figure shown in FIG. 8-10 (B) is set, and the set value is 5 and When the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, the display result determination table for the second special figure shown in FIG. 8-10 (C) is set, and when the set value is 5 and the gaming state is the probabilistic state. When the display result determination table for the second special figure shown in FIG. 8-10 (D) is set and the set value is 6 and the gaming state is the normal state or the time saving state, it is shown in FIG. 8-10 (E). The display result judgment table for the second special figure is set, and when the set value is 6 and the gaming state is the probabilistic state, the display result judgment table for the second special figure shown in FIG. 8-10 (F) is set. ..

After setting the display result determination table, the variable display result determination module (245SGS525) performs a process of determining whether the special figure display result is "big hit", "small hit", or "missing". In the variable display result judgment module, the numerical range of the big hit judgment value or the small hit judgment value in the set variable display result judgment table is compared with the value of the random number value MR1 for the special figure display result judgment, and the disorder is described. If the value of the numerical value MR1 is within the numerical range of the big hit judgment value, the variable display result is judged as a big hit, and if the value of the random value MR1 is within the numerical range of the small hit judgment value, the variable display result is judged as a small hit. Then, if the value of the random number value MR1 is out of the numerical range of the big hit determination value and out of the numerical range of the small hit determination value, the variable display result may be determined to be out of range.

Then, the CPU 103 determines whether or not the 245SGS525 determines that the variable display result is a big hit (245SGS526). When it is determined that the hit is not a big hit (245SGS526; N), it is determined whether or not the variable display result is determined to be a small hit in the 245SGS525 (245SGS527). When it is determined that the small hit does not occur, that is, when it is determined that the variable display is out of alignment (245SGS527; N), the first symbol designation is a symbol designation command corresponding to the variable display result being "out of alignment". The command transmission setting is executed (245SGS527a), and it is determined whether or not the time saving flag is set, that is, whether or not the current gaming state is the time saving state (245SGS528).

When the time saving flag is not set (245SGS528; N), the deviation pattern determination table A shown in FIG. 8-14 is selected and set, and the process proceeds to 245SGS536 (245SGS529). When the time saving flag is set. (245SGS528; Y) selects and sets the deviation pattern determination table D shown in FIG. 8-14 (D), and proceeds to 245SGS536 (245SGS530).

When it is determined by the 245SGS526 that the variable display is a big hit (245SGS526; Y), the big hit type is determined based on the random number value MR2 for determining the big hit type and the big hit type determination table (245SGS533). At this time, the CPU 103 responds to the fluctuation special figure (“first special figure” corresponding to “1” or “second special figure” corresponding to “2”) specified corresponding to the start port buffer value. , Select the jackpot type determination table data from the table data that composes the jackpot type determination table. Then, by referring to the selected jackpot type determination table data, it is determined which of the plurality of types the jackpot type is determined.

Further, a symbol designation command according to the determined jackpot type, that is, a second symbol designation command in the case of jackpot A, a third symbol designation command in the case of jackpot B, and a fourth symbol designation command in the case of jackpot C. The transmission setting of the symbol designation command is executed (245SGS534), and then the jackpot variation pattern determination table shown in FIG. 8-13 (A) is selected and set as a table for determining the jackpot variation pattern (245SGS535). ), Proceed to 245SGS536.

Further, when the 245SGS527 determines that a small hit is obtained in the variable display (245SGS527; Y), the transmission setting of the sixth symbol designation command, which is a symbol designation command corresponding to the variable display result being a "small hit". (245SGS531), select and set the variation pattern determination table for small hits shown in FIG. 8-13 (B) (245SGS532), and proceed to 245SGS536.

In the feature unit 245SG, in the deviation pattern determination table A to the deviation variation pattern determination table D, determination values of 1 to 700 are commonly assigned to the non-reach variation pattern and the normal reach variation pattern. The fluctuation pattern of super reach is assigned to 701 to 997.

Therefore, when the variable display result is out of alignment, the variation pattern is determined using the deviation pattern determination table A or the deviation pattern determination table D, so that the determination of non-reach and super reach is the determination. Even if the number of reserved memories changes later, it will always be a non-reach or super reach fluctuation pattern. Therefore, in the determination at the time of starting winning, the deviation pattern determination table A or the deviation pattern determination table D is used to determine the variation pattern. Is to be judged.

After executing any of the processes of 245SGS529, 245SGS530, 245SGS532,245SGS535, the variation pattern determination table set in each of these steps and the numerical data indicating the random number value MR3 for the variation pattern determination are used to perform the disorder. The variation category according to the range of determination values including the numerical value MR3 is determined (245SGS536). In this feature unit 245SG, as shown in FIG. 8-16 (B), when at least the variable display result is "off", the variable display mode is "non-reach" in common regardless of the total number of reserved storages. Variable category, variable display mode of "super reach", variable display mode other than "non-reach" and "super reach" (for example, normal reach and small hit), and "other" variable category. It suffices if it is possible to determine whether or not the variable category is determined based on the random number value MR3.

After that, after setting for transmitting the variable category designation command according to the determination result by the processing of 245SGS536 to the effect control board 12 (245SGS537), the random number value determination process at the time of winning is terminated.

The symbol designation command and the variable category designation command are transmitted when the CPU 103 executes a command control process.

Next, the processing executed by the effect control CPU 120 in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 8-17 is a flowchart showing the effect control main process in the feature unit 245SG. In the feature unit 245SG, as shown in FIG. 8-17, a portion for executing the error notification process (245SGS078) is added to the effect control main process of FIG. 6 described in the above-mentioned basic description.

In the error notification process (245SGS078), the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not an error designation command has been received from the main board 11, and if an error designation command has been received, the received error designation has been received. Identify the error detected by the CPU 103 from the command. Then, the effect control CPU 120 may execute control to display the error notification image 245SG005J (see FIG. 8-39) corresponding to the specified error on the image display device 5.

FIG. 8-18 is a part of a flowchart showing the effect control process processing in the feature unit 245SG. In the effect control process process in the feature unit 239SG, after the pre-reading notice determination process (step S71) is executed, the hold display update process (245SGSGS072) and the fourth symbol variable display update process (245SGSGS073) are executed, and then S170 shown in FIG. Any of the processes of ~ S177 is executed.

In the predetermined area of the RAM 122 of the feature unit 245SG, four commands such as a start winning opening designation command, a symbol designation command, a variable category designation command, and a hold storage number notification command are set as one set for the first special figure hold storage and the first special figure hold storage. A winning command buffer having a storage area (entry) for storing the special figure hold storage separately is provided.

In the hold display update process, the effect control CPU 120 stores a command of "B100 (H)" indicating the first start winning opening as a starting opening winning designation command stored in the reception command buffer at the time of starting winning. Based on the above, the display number of the hold storage in the first hold storage display area 245SG005D is updated. Further, the effect control CPU 120 is based on the number of "B200 (H)" commands indicating the second start winning opening as the starting opening winning designation commands stored in the start winning command buffer at the time of starting winning. The number of pending storages displayed in the second reserved storage display area 245SG005U is updated.

Further, in the fourth symbol variable display update process (245SGSGS073), the effect control CPU 120 blinks the fourth symbol 245SG005F when the value of the effect control process flag is a value corresponding to the effect process during variable display. ..

FIG. 8-19 is a flowchart showing the variable display start setting process (S171) shown in FIG. 7. In the variable display start setting process, the effect control CPU 120 first determines whether or not the first variable display start command reception flag is set (245SGS271). When the first variable display start command reception flag is set (245SGS271; Y), it corresponds to the buffer numbers "1-0" to "1-4" of the first special figure hold storage in the start winning command buffer. The various command data and various flags that are attached and stored are shifted upward by one buffer number (S272). The contents of the buffer number "1-0" are deleted because they cannot be shifted because there is no shift destination.

If the first variable display start command reception flag is not set in the 245SGS271 (245SGS271; N), it is determined whether or not the second variable display start command reception flag is set (245SGS273). If the second variable display start command reception flag is not set (245SGS273; N), the variable display start setting process is terminated, and if the second variable display 2 start command reception flag is set (245SGS273; Y). ), Various command data and various flags stored in association with the buffer numbers "2-0" to "2-4" of the second special figure hold storage in the received command buffer at the time of starting winning are stored for one buffer number. It shifts to the upper side one by one (245SGS274). The contents of the buffer number "2-0" are deleted because they cannot be shifted because there is no shift destination.

After executing the 245SGS272 or 245SGS274, the effect control CPU 120 reads the variation pattern designation command from the variation pattern designation command storage area (245SGS275).

Next, the display result (stop symbol) of the decorative symbol is determined according to the data stored in the display result designation command storage area (that is, the received display result designation command) (245SGS276). In this case, the effect control CPU 120 determines the stop symbol of the decorative symbol according to the display result specified by the display result designation command, and stores the data indicating the determined stop symbol of the decorative symbol in the decorative symbol display result storage area. do.

When the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment and the received display result specification command is the second variable display result specification command corresponding to the jackpot A, for example, as a stop symbol, a decorative symbol in which three symbols are arranged in an even number is used. Determine the combination (big hit symbol). Further, when the received display result specification command is the third variable display result specification command corresponding to the jackpot B, for example, as a stop symbol, a decorative symbol in which 3 symbols are arranged in odd numbers other than "7" and "3" is used. Determine the combination (big hit symbol). Then, when the received display result specification command is the fourth variable display result specification command corresponding to the jackpot C, for example, a combination of decorative symbols in which three symbols are aligned with "7" or "3" as stop symbols (big hit). Design) is decided. When the received display result specification command is the fifth variable table uncle result specification command indicating a small hit, for example, three consecutive numbers such as "123" and "246", and three consecutive even numbers (or three consecutive even numbers). Determine the combination of decorative symbols (small hit symbol) such as (odd number). Then, when the received display result designation command is the first variable display result designation command indicating the loss, for example, a combination of decorative symbols (missing symbols) different from the above-mentioned big hit symbol and small hit symbol is determined.

In determining these stop symbols, the effect control CPU 120 uses, for example, a stop symbol determination table in which random numbers for determining stop symbols are extracted and data indicating a combination of decorative symbols and numerical values are associated with each other. Then, the stop symbol of the decorative symbol may be determined. That is, the stop symbol may be determined by selecting data indicating a combination of decorative symbols corresponding to the numerical value corresponding to the extracted random number.

After the execution of the 245SGS276, the effect control CPU 120 displays the reel image 245SG005G on the image display device 5 and performs a variable display in the reel image 245SG005G to perform a reel effect for executing a reel effect for stopping and displaying a predetermined symbol. The determination process (245SGS276a) is executed. Then, it is determined whether or not the fluctuation pattern of the variable display is the fluctuation pattern of the super reach (245SG277). Whether or not the variable display variation pattern is a super reach variation pattern may be specified from the variation pattern specification command read out in the 245SG275. When the variable display variation pattern is a super reach variation pattern (245SG277; Y), a cut for determining whether or not to execute the cut-in effect described later during the reach effect and the effect pattern of the cut-in effect. The in-effect determination process (245SGS278) is executed to proceed to 245SGS279. If the variable display variation pattern is not the super reach variation pattern (245SG277; N), the process proceeds to 245SGS279 without executing the processing of 245SGS278.

Then, in the 245SGS279, the effect control CPU 120 executes a advance notice effect determination process for determining whether or not to execute the advance notice effect described later in the variable display and the effect pattern of the advance notice effect (245SGS279). As shown in FIGS. 8-31 to 8-34, the advance notice effect is an effect that can be executed during the variable display of the non-reach variation pattern excluding the shortened non-reach, and is the effect of the normal reach and super reach variation patterns. The variable display is an effect that can be executed in the period from the start of the variable display to the timing of reaching.

After executing 245SGS279, the effect control CPU 120 selects an effect control pattern (process table) according to the variation pattern designation command (245SGS280). Then, the process timer in the process data 1 of the selected process table is started (245SGS281).

In the process table, display control execution data for controlling the display of the image display device 5, lamp control execution data for controlling the lighting of each LED, and sound output from the speakers 8L and 8R are controlled. The sound control execution data, the operation unit control execution data for controlling the operation of the push button 31B and the stick controller 31A, and the like are arranged in order in chronological order in association with each process data n (1 to N). There is.

Next, the effect control CPU 120 displays the effect device (image display as an effect component) according to the contents of the process data 1 (display control execution data 1, lamp control execution data 1, sound control execution data 1, operation unit control execution data 1). The device 5, various lamps as production parts, speakers 8L, 8R as production parts, and operation units (push button 31B, stick controller 31A, etc.) are controlled (245SGS282). For example, the image display device 5 outputs a command to the display control unit 123 in order to display an image according to the fluctuation pattern. Further, in order to control the lighting / extinguishing of various lamps, a control signal (lamp control execution data) is output to the lamp control board 14. Further, in order to output the voice from the speakers 8L and 8R, the control signal (sound number data) is output to the voice control board 13.

In the feature unit 245SG in the present embodiment, the effect control CPU 120 controls the variation pattern designation command so that the decorative pattern is variably displayed according to the variation pattern corresponding to one-to-one. May select the variation pattern to be used from a plurality of types of variation patterns corresponding to the variation pattern specification command.

Then, a value corresponding to the fluctuation time (variable display time) specified by the fluctuation pattern designation command is set in the fluctuation time timer (245SGS283). Further, a predetermined time is set in the fluctuation control timer (245SGS284). The predetermined time is, for example, 30 ms. Every time the predetermined time elapses, the effect control CPU 120 writes the image data indicating the display state of the left, middle, and right decorative symbols to the VRAM, and the display control unit 123 writes the image data to the VRAM. A signal corresponding to the image data is output to the image display device 5, and the image display device 5 displays an image according to the signal, whereby a variable display of the decorative pattern is realized. Next, the value of the effect control process flag is updated to a value corresponding to the effect processing during variable display (S172), and the variable display start setting process is terminated (245SGS285).

FIG. 8-20 is a flowchart showing an example of the reel effect determination process (245SGSGS276a) executed by the effect control CPU 120. In the reel effect determination process shown in FIG. 8-20, the effect control CPU 120 first specifies the game state at that time (245SGSGS291). Then, it is determined whether or not the specified gaming state is a normal state (low probability low base state) (245SGSGS292).

If the specified gaming state is not the normal state (245SGSGS292; N), the reel effect determination process is terminated. Therefore, in the feature unit 245SG, the execution of the reel effect is not determined in the time saving state (low accuracy high base state) or the probability variation state (high accuracy high base state) which is the gaming state other than the normal state.

On the other hand, when the specified gaming state is the normal state (245SGSGS292; Y), the variable display result is specified based on the set value at that time and the variable display result notification command transmitted from the main board 11 (245SGSGS293). ).

Then, based on the specified set value, it is determined whether or not to display the "cherry" symbol as the effect result (the symbol to be stopped and displayed) of the reel effect (245SGSGS294). To determine these "cherry" symbols, a random value for the cherry symbol is extracted, and the extracted random value for the cherry symbol is associated with each set value in the cherry symbol determination table (not shown). Is determined by the ratio shown in FIG. 8-21 (A) depending on whether or not the above conditions are met.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-21 (A), when the set value is set to 1, the display of the "cherry" symbol is determined at a rate of 0.5%, and the set value is 2. When is set to, the display of the "cherry" symbol is determined at a rate of 1.0%, and when the set value is set to 3, the display of the "cherry" symbol is determined at a rate of 1.5%. Is determined, and when the set value is set to 4, the display of the "cherry" symbol is determined at a rate of 2.0%, and when the set value is set to 5, 2.5%. The display of the "cherry" symbol is determined by the ratio, and when the set value is set to 6, the display of the "cherry" symbol is determined by the ratio of 3.0%. That is, although the ratio of determining the display of the "cherry" symbol is small, the larger the set value is, the easier it is to determine the effect result.

When the display of the "cherry" symbol is determined as the effect result of the reel effect (245SGSGS295; Y), the determined effect result is memorized (245SGSGS300b), and the reel effect determination process is terminated, while the effect result of the reel effect. If the display of the "cherry" symbol is not determined (245SGSGS295; N), it is determined whether or not to display the "watermelon" symbol as the effect result of the reel effect (the symbol to be stopped and displayed) based on the set value. (245SGSGS296). Regarding the determination of whether or not to display these "watermelon" symbols, as in the case of determining whether or not to display the "cherry" symbol described above, a random value for the watermelon symbol is extracted and the extracted watermelon symbol is used. The random value is determined at the ratio shown in FIG. 8-21 (B) depending on whether or not the random value matches the winning determination value associated with each set value in the watermelon symbol determination table (not shown). It has become like.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-21 (B), when the set value is set to 1, the display of the "watermelon" symbol is determined at a rate of 6.5%, and the set value is 2. When is set to, the display of the "watermelon" symbol is determined at a rate of 1.0%, and when the set value is set to 3, the display of the "watermelon" symbol is determined at a rate of 1.5%. Is determined, and when the set value is set to 4, the display of the "watermelon" symbol is determined at a rate of 2.0%, and when the set value is set to 5, 2.5%. The display of the "watermelon" symbol is determined by the ratio, and when the set value is set to 6, the display of the "watermelon" symbol is determined by the ratio of 3.0%. In other words, the ratio of the display of the "watermelon" symbol is larger than that of the "cherry" symbol, and the larger the set value is, the easier it is to determine the display of the "cherry" symbol. There is.

When the display of the "watermelon" symbol is determined as the effect result of the reel effect (245SGSGS297; Y), the determined effect result is memorized (245SGSGS300b), and the reel effect determination process is terminated, while the effect result of the reel effect. When the display of the "watermelon" symbol is not determined (245SGSGS297; N), it is determined whether or not the variable display result specified by 245SGSGS293 is a big hit (245SGSGS298).

If the variable display result is not a big hit (245SGSGS298; N), the process proceeds to 245SGSGS300d, while if the variable display result is a big hit (245SGSGS298; Y), the reel effect effect result (stop display is displayed) based on the set value. It is determined whether or not to display the "7" symbol (seven symbol) as the symbol) (245SGSGS299). Regarding the determination of whether or not to display these "7" symbols, as in the case of determining whether or not to display the "cherry" symbol described above, the random value for the seven symbol is extracted and the extracted seven symbol is used. In a seven symbol determination table (not shown), the random number value is determined at the ratio shown in FIG. 8-21 (C) depending on whether or not it matches the winning determination value associated with each set value. It has become like.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-21 (C), when the set value is set to 4, the display of the "7" symbol is determined at a rate of 1%, and the set value is set to 5. If it is set, the display of the "7" symbol is determined at a rate of 3%, and if the set value is set to 6, the display of the "7" symbol is determined at a rate of 5%, and the set value is set. When is set to any of 1 to 3, the display of the "7" symbol is not determined. Therefore, by displaying the "7" symbol, it is definitively notified that a big hit will occur, and at the same time, it will be deterministically notified that the set value is 4 or more.

When the display of the "7" symbol is determined as the effect result of the reel effect (245SGSGS300a; Y), the determined effect result is memorized (245SGSGS300b), the reel effect determination process is terminated, and the effect result of the reel effect is completed. If the display of the "7" symbol is not determined (245SGSGS300a; N), the process proceeds to 245SGSGS300d, and based on the variable display result specified in 245SGSGS293, the reel effect effect result (the symbol to be stopped and displayed) is ". It is determined whether or not to display the "super hot" symbol (245SGSGS300d).

Even when deciding whether or not to display these "super hot" symbols, the random value for the super hot symbol is extracted, and the extracted random number value for the super hot symbol is variably displayed in the table for determining the super hot symbol (not shown). It is determined by the ratio shown in FIG. 8-21 (D) depending on whether or not the winning judgment values associated with the resulting "big hit" and "other than big hit (small hit / miss)" are matched. It has become so.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-21 (D), when the variable display result is a big hit, the display of the "super hot" symbol is determined at a rate of 20%, and the variable display result is other than the big hit. In the case of a small hit or a miss, the display of the "super hot" symbol is determined at a rate of 1%. Therefore, when the "super hot" symbol is displayed, it is very rare that a big hit will be made, and it will almost certainly be a big hit.

Then, when the display of the "super hot" symbol is determined as the effect result of the reel effect (245SGSGS300e; Y), the determined effect result is memorized (245SGSGS300b), and the reel effect determination process is completed, while the reel effect is completed. If the display of the "super hot" symbol is not decided as the effect result of (245SGSGS300e; N), the "chance" symbol is displayed as the effect result of the reel effect (the symbol to be stopped and displayed) based on the variable display result. Whether or not to do so is determined (245SGSGS300f).

Also in deciding whether or not to display these "chance" symbols, a random number value for the chance symbol is extracted, and the extracted random number value for the chance symbol is a variable display result in the chance symbol determination table (not shown). Depending on whether or not the winning judgment values associated with "big hit" and "other than big hit (small hit / miss)" are matched, the ratio shown in FIG. 8-21 (E) is determined. ing.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-21 (E), when the variable display result is a big hit, the display of the "chance" symbol is determined at a rate of 50%, and the variable display result is a small hit other than the big hit. If it is a hit or a miss, the display of the "chance" symbol is determined at a rate of 30%. Therefore, when the "chance" symbol is displayed, there is a high possibility that it will be a big hit.

Then, when the display of the "chance" symbol is determined as the effect result of the reel effect (245SGSGS300g; Y), the determined effect result is memorized (245SGSGS300b), and the reel effect determination process is completed, while the reel effect is performed. If the display of the "chance" symbol is not determined as the effect result (245SGSGS300g; N), it is determined whether or not to display the "bell" symbol as the effect result (stop display symbol) of the reel effect (245SGSGS300h). ).

In deciding whether or not to display these "bell" symbols, a random value for the bell symbol is extracted, and the extracted random value for the bell symbol is selected as a winning / non-winning table in a table for determining the bell symbol (not shown). It is determined at the ratio shown in FIG. 8-21 (F) depending on whether or not it matches the associated winning determination value.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 8-21 (F), it is decided to display the "bell" symbol at a rate of 90%, and not to display the "bell" symbol at a rate of 10%. ..

Then, when the display of the "bell" symbol is determined as the effect result of the reel effect (245SGSGS300i; Y), the determined effect result is memorized (245SGSGS300b), and the reel effect determination process is terminated, while the reel effect is performed. If the display of the "bell" symbol is not determined as the effect result (245SGSGS300i; N), the reel effect determination process is terminated as it is, so that the reel effect is not executed.

As shown in FIGS. 8-21 (A) to 8-21 (F), each of the "cherry", "watermelon", "7", "super hot", and "chance" symbols is a pachinko gaming machine. While it is determined whether or not to display at a rate according to the set value set to 1 and the variable display result, the "bell" symbol is constant regardless of these set values and the variable display result. It is a symbol that determines whether or not to display in proportion. That is, if any of the symbols "cherry", "watermelon", "7", "super hot", and "chance" is stopped and displayed on the reel image 245SG005G as the effect of the reel effect, the pachinko game machine 1 is displayed. While the set value and the variable display result are suggested, when the "bell" symbol is stopped and displayed on the reel image 245SG005G as the effect result of the reel effect, no suggestion is made.

The feature unit 245SG exemplifies a mode in which the reel effect can be executed only during the variable display in the low accuracy and low base state, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the reel effect is not limited to this. It may be possible to execute during the variable display of the probability change state and the time saving state (high accuracy high base state, low accuracy high base state).

In the reel effect in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-37, the player operates the stick controller 31A from the start of the variable display until a predetermined period (for example, 1 second) elapses. By doing so, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed on the image display device 5, and variable display is executed in the reel image 245SG005G (reel variation is executed). Then, as a production result, any one of the symbols "cherry", "watermelon", "7", "super hot", "chance", and "bell" is stopped and displayed in the reel image 245SG005G.

After any of the symbols "cherry", "watermelon", "7", "super hot", "chance", and "bell" is stopped and displayed in the reel image 245SG005G, the reel image 245SG005G is changed. If the display is a variable display of the fluctuation pattern of normal reach or super reach, it is hidden at the timing before reach, and if the variable display is a variable display of the fluctuation pattern of non-reach, it is hidden at the timing before the end of the variable display. do.

8-22 to 8-24 are flowcharts showing the cut-in effect determination process shown in FIG. 8-19. In the cut-in effect determination process, the effect control CPU 120 first determines whether or not the variation pattern is a variation pattern of super reach α or super reach β (245SGS301). When the fluctuation pattern is a fluctuation pattern of super reach α or super reach β (245SGS301; Y), the cut-in effect determination process is terminated, and when the fluctuation pattern is a fluctuation pattern of super reach γ or super reach δ (245SGS301; N) further determines whether or not the fluctuation pattern is a fluctuation pattern of super reach γ (245SGS302).

When the fluctuation pattern is the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ (245SGS301; Y), it is determined whether or not the fluctuation pattern is PB1-5, that is, the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ that executes the revival effect (245SGS303). .. When the fluctuation pattern is PB1-5 (245SGS303; Y), the effect control CPU 120 specifies the jackpot type (245SGS304) and determines whether or not the jackpot type is jackpot A or jackpot B (245SGS305). ..

When the jackpot type is jackpot A or jackpot B (245SGS305; Y), whether or not to execute the cut-in effect and the effect pattern are determined based on the jackpot type being jackpot A or jackpot B (245SGS306), 245SGS308. Proceed to. In 245SGS306, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (A), the cut-in effect is not executed based on the fact that the fluctuation pattern is PB1-5 and the variable display result (big hit type) is big hit A or big hit B. Is determined at a rate of 10%. In addition, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 55%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 5%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

As shown in FIGS. 8-32 and 8-40, the cut-in effect in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment is an image (operation) of the push button 31B on the image display device 5 during the reach effect of the super reach γ. The promotion image 245SG005H) is displayed, and the player is urged to operate the push button 31B. Then, when the push button 31B is operated during the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B, or when the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B ends without the push button 31B being operated, each effect is displayed on the image display device 5. Display effects and cut-in images according to the pattern.

Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 8-27 and 8-40, if the effect pattern is pattern CI-1, the image display device 5 displays the cut-in image 245SG005w together with the blue effect, and the effect pattern is If the pattern CI-2, the cut-in image 245SG005x is displayed with the red effect on the image display device 5, and if the effect pattern is the pattern CI-3, the cut-in image 245SG005y is displayed with the golden effect on the image display device 5. If the effect pattern is pattern CI-4, the image display device 5 displays the cut-in image 245SG005z together with the rainbow-colored effect.

Further, when the jackpot type is jackpot C (245SGS305; N), the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not to execute the cut-in effect and the effect pattern based on the jackpot type being jackpot C (245SGS307). Proceed to 245SGS308. In 245SGS307, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (A), the non-execution of the cut-in effect is 10% based on the fact that the fluctuation pattern is PB1-5 and the variable display result (big hit type) is big hit C. Determined by the ratio of. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 54%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 5%. The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 1%.

After executing 245SGS306 or 245SGS307, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not the execution of the cut-in effect is determined (245SGS308). When the execution of the cut-in effect is decided (245SGS308; Y), the determined effect pattern is stored and a value corresponding to the period until the start of the cut-in effect is set in the cut-in effect start waiting timer (245SGS309, 245SGS310). ), The cut-in effect determination process is completed.

Further, when the fluctuation pattern in the 245SGS303 is a fluctuation pattern (PA2-4 or PB1-4) of the super reach γ that does not execute the revival effect (245SGS303; N), the effect control CPU 120 is set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. The set value is specified (245SGS311), and it is determined whether or not the specified set value is any of 1 to 3 (245SGS312). The set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 may be specified based on the set value designation command received from the CPU 103.

When the execution of the cut-in effect is determined in the cut-in effect determination process, the effect control CPU 120 decrements the value of the cut-in effect start waiting timer by -1 each time the variable display effect process (S172) is executed. When the timer for waiting for the start of the cut-in effect has timed out, the process table for the cut-in effect is set according to the determined effect pattern. After that, each time the effect control CPU 120 executes the effect process during variable display, the effect device (image display device 5, speakers 8L, 8R, game effect lamp) is in accordance with the contents of the data (process data) in the cut-in effect process table. The cut-in effect may be executed by controlling 9 etc.).

When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 1 to 3 (245SGS312; Y), it is further determined whether or not the variable display result is a big hit (308SGS313). Whether or not the variable display result is a big hit may be determined by determining whether or not the fluctuation pattern is PB1-4, which is a super reach γ big hit. When the variable display result is a big hit (245SGS313; Y), the big hit type is specified (245SGS314), and it is determined whether or not the big hit type is a big hit A or a big hit B (245SGS315).

When the jackpot type is jackpot A or jackpot B (245SGS3315; Y), the cut-in effect is executed based on the setting value being any one of 1 to 3 and the jackpot type being jackpot A or jackpot B. (245SGS3316) and the processing of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 are executed. In 245SGS316, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (B), the cut-in is based on the fact that the set value is any of 1 to 3 and the variable display result (big hit type) is big hit A or big hit B. The non-execution of the production is determined at a rate of 10%. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 50%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 10%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

When the jackpot type is jackpot C (245SGS315; N), the effect control CPU 120 performs a cut-in effect based on the fact that the set value is one of 1 to 3 and the jackpot type is jackpot C. Whether or not to execute and the effect pattern are determined (245SGS317), and the processes of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 are executed. In 245SGS317, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (B), the cut-in effect is not produced based on the fact that the set value is any of 1 to 3 and the variable display result (big hit type) is big hit C. The execution is determined at a rate of 10%. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 45%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 10%. The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 5%.

When the variable display result is out of alignment in 245SGS313 (245SGS313; N), the effect control CPU 120 is cut in based on the fact that the set value is one of 1 to 3 and the variable display result is out of alignment. Whether or not to execute the effect and the effect pattern are determined (245SGS318), and the processes of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 are executed. In the 245SGS318, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (B), the non-execution of the cut-in effect is 55% based on the fact that the set value is any of 1 to 3 and the variable display result is out of order. Determined by percentage. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 35%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 10%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 0%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

Further, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 in the 245SGS312 is any of 4 to 6 (245SGS312; N), the effect control CPU 120 has a set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 of 4. (245SGS221). When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 4 (245SGS321; Y), it is further determined whether or not the variable display result is a big hit (245SGS322). Whether or not the variable display result is a big hit may be determined by determining whether or not the fluctuation pattern is PB1-4, which is a super reach γ big hit.

When the variable display result is a big hit (245SGS322; Y), the big hit type is specified (245SGS323), and it is determined whether or not the big hit type is a big hit A or a big hit B (245SGS324).

When the jackpot type is jackpot A or jackpot B (245SGS324; Y), the presence or absence of execution of the cut-in effect and the effect pattern based on the setting value being 4 and the jackpot type being jackpot A or jackpot B. (245SGS325) and the processing of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 is executed. In the 245SGS325, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (C), the non-execution of the cut-in effect is performed at a rate of 10% based on the setting value of 4 and the jackpot type being jackpot A or jackpot B. decide. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 50%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 10%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

When the jackpot type is jackpot C (245SGS324; N), the presence / absence of execution of the cut-in effect and the effect pattern are determined based on the setting value of 4 and the jackpot type being jackpot C (the jack-in effect is executed). 245SGS326)), the processing of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 is executed. In 245SGS326, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (C), the non-execution of the cut-in effect is determined at a rate of 10% based on the setting value of 4 and the jackpot type being jackpot C. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 45%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 10%. The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 5%.

When the variable display result is out of alignment in 245SGS322 (245SGS322; N), it is further determined whether or not the gaming state is a high-accuracy high-base state (245SGS327). The game state may be specified from the game state designation command received from the CPU 103.

When the gaming state is the high-accuracy high-base state (245SGS327; Y), the cut is based on the fact that the set value is 4, the variable display result is out of alignment, and the gaming state is the high-accuracy high-base state. Whether or not to execute the in-effect and the effect pattern are determined (245SGS328), and the processes of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 are executed. In addition, in 245SGS328, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (C), the cut is based on the fact that the set value is 4, the variable display result is out of alignment, and the gaming state is the high accuracy and high base state. The non-execution of the in-effect is determined at a rate of 40%. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 10%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 20%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

When the gaming state is the low accuracy high base state or the low accuracy low base state (245SGS327; N), the set value is 4, the variable display result is out of alignment, and the gaming state is the low accuracy high base. The presence / absence of execution of the cut-in effect and the effect pattern are determined based on the state or the low probability low base state (245SGS329), and the processes of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 are executed. In the 245SGS329, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (C), the set value is 4, the variable display result is out of alignment, and the gaming state is the low probability high base state or the low probability low base state. Based on this, the non-execution of the cut-in effect is determined at a rate of 59%. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 10%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 1%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

Further, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 in the 245SGS321 is not 4 (245SGS321; N), whether or not the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 5 in the effect control CPU 120. (245SGS330). When the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 5 (245SGS330; Y), it is further determined whether or not the variable display result is a big hit (245SGS331). Whether or not the variable display result is a big hit may be determined by determining whether or not the fluctuation pattern is PB1-4, which is a super reach γ big hit.

When the variable display result is a big hit (245SGS331; Y), the big hit type is specified (245SGS332), and it is determined whether or not the big hit type is a big hit A or a big hit B (245SGS333).

When the jackpot type is jackpot A or jackpot B (245SGS333; Y), the presence or absence of execution of the cut-in effect and the effect pattern based on the set value being 5 and the jackpot type being jackpot A or jackpot B. (245SGS334) and the processing of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 is executed. In 245SGS334, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (D), the non-execution of the cut-in effect is performed at a rate of 10% based on the setting value of 5 and the jackpot type being jackpot A or jackpot B. decide. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 50%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 10%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

When the jackpot type is jackpot C (245SGS333; N), the presence / absence of execution of the cut-in effect and the effect pattern are determined based on the setting value of 5 and the jackpot type being jackpot C (the jack-in effect is executed). 245SGS335)), 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 are executed. In 245SGS335, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (D), the non-execution of the cut-in effect is determined at a rate of 10% based on the setting value of 5 and the jackpot type being jackpot C. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 45%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 10%. The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 5%.

When the variable display result is out of alignment in the 245SGS331 (245SGS331; N), it is further determined whether or not the gaming state is a high-accuracy high-base state (245SGS336). The game state may be specified from the game state designation command received from the CPU 103.

When the gaming state is the high-accuracy high-base state (245SGS336; Y), the cut is based on the fact that the set value is 5, the variable display result is out of order, and the gaming state is the high-accuracy high-base state. Whether or not to execute the in-effect and the effect pattern are determined (245SGS337), and the processes of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 are executed. In 245SGS337, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (D), the cut is based on the fact that the set value is 5, the variable display result is out of alignment, and the gaming state is the high accuracy and high base state. The non-execution of the in-effect is determined at a rate of 35%. In addition, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 10%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 25%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

When the gaming state is the low accuracy high base state or the low accuracy low base state (245SGS336; N), the set value is 5, the variable display result is out of alignment, and the gaming state is the low accuracy high base. The presence / absence of execution of the cut-in effect and the effect pattern are determined based on the state or the low probability low base state (245SGS338), and the processes of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 are executed. In the 245SGS338, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (D), the set value is 5, the variable display result is out of alignment, and the gaming state is the low probability high base state or the low probability low base state. Based on this, the non-execution of the cut-in effect is determined at a rate of 58%. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 10%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 2%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

Further, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 in the 245SGS330 is not 5 (245SGS330; N), the effect control CPU 120 is variable, assuming that the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 6. It is determined whether or not the display result is a big hit (245SGS339). Whether or not the variable display result is a big hit may be determined by determining whether or not the fluctuation pattern is PB1-4, which is a super reach γ big hit.

When the variable display result is a big hit (245SGS339; Y), the big hit type is specified (245SGS340), and it is determined whether or not the big hit type is a big hit A or a big hit B (245SGS341).

When the jackpot type is jackpot A or jackpot B (245SGS341; Y), the presence / absence of execution of the cut-in effect and the effect pattern based on the setting value being 6 and the jackpot type being jackpot A or jackpot B. Is determined (245SGS342), and the processing of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 is executed. In 245SGS342, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (E), the non-execution of the cut-in effect is performed at a rate of 10% based on the setting value of 6 and the jackpot type being jackpot A or jackpot B. decide. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 50%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 10%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

When the jackpot type is jackpot C (245SGS341; N), the presence / absence of execution of the cut-in effect and the effect pattern are determined based on the setting value of 6 and the jackpot type being jackpot C (the jack-in effect is executed). 245SGS343)), the processing of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 is executed. In 245SGS343, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (E), the non-execution of the cut-in effect is determined at a rate of 10% based on the setting value of 6 and the jackpot type being jackpot C. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 45%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 10%. The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 5%.

When the variable display result is out of alignment in 245SGS339 (245SGS339; N), it is further determined whether or not the gaming state is a high-accuracy high-base state (245SGS344). The game state may be specified from the game state designation command received from the CPU 103.

When the gaming state is the high-accuracy high-base state (245SGS344; Y), the cut is based on the fact that the set value is 6, the variable display result is out of alignment, and the gaming state is the high-accuracy high-base state. Whether or not to execute the in-effect and the effect pattern are determined (245SGS345), and the processes of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 are executed. In addition, in 245SGS345, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (E), the cut is based on the fact that the set value is 6, the variable display result is out of alignment, and the gaming state is the high accuracy and high base state. The non-execution of the in-effect is determined at a rate of 30%. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 is determined at a rate of 10%, and pattern CI-3 is determined at a rate of 30%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

When the gaming state is the low accuracy high base state or the low accuracy low base state (245SGS344; N), the set value is 6, the variable display result is out of alignment, and the gaming state is the low accuracy high base. The presence / absence of execution of the cut-in effect and the effect pattern are determined based on the state or the low probability low base state (245SGS346), and the processes of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310 are executed. In 245SGS346, as shown in FIG. 8-25 (E), the set value is 6, the variable display result is out of alignment, and the gaming state is the low probability high base state or the low probability low base state. Based on this, the non-execution of the cut-in effect is determined at a rate of 57%. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 10%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 3%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

Further, in the case of the fluctuation pattern (PS2-5 or PB1-6) of the super reach δ in the 245SGS302 (202SGS302; N), the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not the variable display result is a big hit (245SGS351). .. Whether or not the variable display result is a big hit may be determined by determining whether or not the fluctuation pattern is PB1-4, which is a super reach γ big hit.

When the variable display result is a big hit (245SGS351; Y), the big hit type is specified (245SGS352), and it is determined whether or not the big hit type is a big hit A or a big hit B (245SGS353).

When the jackpot type is jackpot A or jackpot B (245SGS353; Y), whether or not to execute the cut-in effect and the effect pattern are determined based on the jackpot type being jackpot A or jackpot B (245SGS354), 245SGS308. ~ 245 The processing of SGS310 is executed. In 245SGS354, as shown in FIG. 8-26, the non-execution of the cut-in effect is determined at a rate of 10% based on the jackpot type being jackpot A or jackpot B. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 50%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 10%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

When the jackpot type is jackpot C (245SGS353; N), whether or not to execute the cut-in effect and the effect pattern are determined based on the jackpot type being jackpot C (245SGS355), and the processing of 245SGS308 to 245SGS310. To execute. In 245SGS355, as shown in FIG. 8-26, the non-execution of the cut-in effect is determined at a rate of 10% based on the jackpot type being jackpot C. Further, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 45%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 10%. The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 5%.

When the variable display result is out of alignment in 245SGS351 (245SGS351; N), the presence / absence of execution of the cut-in effect and the effect pattern are determined based on the deviation of the variable display result (245SGS356), 245SGS308 to 245SGS310. Executes the processing of. In 245SGS356, as shown in FIGS. 8-26, the non-execution of the cut-in effect is determined at a rate of 35% based on the fact that the variable display result is out of alignment. In addition, as the execution of the cut-in effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern CI-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern CI-2 at a rate of 10%, and pattern CI-3 at a rate of 25%. , The pattern CI-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

As described above, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-25 and 8-26, when the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ or the super reach δ, the cut-in is performed. When the variable display result is the lowest (big hit expectation) when the effect is not executed and the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-1, the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-2. In this case, when the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-3, the rate at which the variable display result becomes a big hit increases in the order of the case where the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-4. (Expectation of big hit in cut-in effect: non-execution <pattern CI-1 <pattern CI-2 <pattern CI-3 <pattern CI-4).

In particular, when the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-4, it is determined that the variable display result is a big hit and the big hit type is a big hit C regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-25, 8-26 and 8-28, when the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ or the super reach δ, the cut-in effect is performed by the pattern CI-3. Regarding the execution rate, the lowest setting (0%) is made when the set value is any of 1 to 3 and the fluctuation pattern is out of super reach γ and out of super reach δ. Then, when the fluctuation pattern is a super reach γ jackpot that executes the revival effect, the set value is one of 1 to 3 and the fluctuation pattern does not execute the revival effect. Is 4, and the fluctuation pattern is a super reach γ jackpot that does not execute the resurrection effect, the set value is 5, and the fluctuation pattern is a super reach γ jackpot that does not execute the resurrection effect, the setting value is 6 and the fluctuation pattern. Is set so that the ratio of executing the cut-in effect in the pattern CI-3 increases in the order of the case where is a super reach γ jackpot that does not execute the revival effect.

Further, paying attention when the fluctuation pattern is the fluctuation pattern (PA2-4 and PB1-4) of the super reach γ that does not execute the revival effect, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 1-3, While it is confirmed that the variable display result is a big hit (any of big hit A to big hit C) when the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-3, the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 When is 4 to 6, the variable display result may be out of alignment even when the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3. That is, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6, the cut-in is higher than when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 1 to 3. The jackpot expectation when the effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 is set low. Therefore, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, when the reach effect of the super reach γ is executed, the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 and the variable display result is out of order. It is confirmed that the set value set in is one of 4 to 6.

On the other hand, paying attention to the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ jackpot (PB1-5) that executes the revival effect, the cut-in effect is the pattern CI-3 rather than the fluctuation pattern (PB1-4) of the super reach γ jackpot that executes the revival effect. And the rate of execution in pattern CI-4 is set low. For this reason, in the case where the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ jackpot that does not execute the revival effect, the cut-in effect is executed by CI-3 and the deviation is notified, so that the pachinko gaming machine Even though the player recognizes that the set value set to 1 is one of 4 to 6, the revival effect is executed later and it is notified that it is a big hit, so that the pachinko machine It is suppressed that the player is discouraged because it is uncertain whether or not the set value set in the gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6.

Further, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6, and the fluctuation pattern is a fluctuation pattern of super reach γ (PA2-4 and PB1-4) that does not execute the revival effect. Attention is paid to the case where the variable display result is a big hit, the ratio of the cut-in effect being executed in the pattern CI-3 is set to be the same in all the set values, but the variable display result is out of order. The higher the set value, the higher the rate at which the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-3 (the pattern CI-3 execution rate at the time of deviation when the set values 4 to 6 are set: the set value 4 < Set value 5 <Set value 6).

Therefore, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the higher the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the more the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3, and the variable display result is out of order. Since the frequency of the game becomes higher, the player can be expected that the set value set in the pachinko game machine 1 is any of 4 to 6, and the game interest can be improved. There is.

Further, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6 and the fluctuation pattern is a fluctuation pattern of super reach γ (PA2-4 and PB1-4) that does not execute the revival effect. If the set values set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 are the same and the variable display result is different, the gaming state is low accuracy, high base state, or low accuracy in the place where the gaming state is high accuracy and high base state. The cut-in effect is set to be executed in the pattern CI-3 at a higher rate than in the low base state.

Therefore, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 in the variable display of the high accuracy and high base state, and the variable display result is out of order, so that the gaming state is low accuracy. Even after shifting to the low base state, the pachinko gaming machine 1 is set to any of 4 to 6 to encourage the player to continue the game, so that the gaming interest can be improved. ing.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-25 (B) to 8-25 (E), paying attention to the case where the variable display result is out of alignment, the higher the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the higher the cut-in. The execution rate of the production is set high. That is, in this feature unit 245SG, it is suggested that the ratio itself at which the cut-in effect is executed when the variable display result is out of alignment is set to any of the set values of 4 to 6 in the pachinko gaming machine 1. Therefore, in addition to whether or not the cut-in effect is executed in an effect pattern with a high expectation of a big hit, it is possible to draw the player's attention to whether or not the cut-in effect is executed. It is possible to improve the game entertainment.

Further, the determination ratio of the effect pattern of the cut-in effect shown in FIGS. 8-25 and 8-26 is only an example, and the determination ratio of the effect pattern of the cut-in effect is determined according to the gaming machine to which the present invention is applied. It may be different from the feature portion 245SG as appropriate. However, when the determination ratios of the effect patterns of these cut-in effects are appropriately different, the tendency of the jackpot expectation of each effect pattern (big hit expectation in the cut-in effect: non-execution <pattern CI-1 <pattern CI-2). By maintaining the <Pattern CI-3 <Pattern CI-4) itself, the player does not misunderstand the jackpot expectation according to the production pattern of the cut-in effect when executing the cut-in effect. Is desirable.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-21 and 8-26, when the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ and the super reach δ, the pachinko gaming machine 1 Although the embodiment in which the cut-in effect is executed during the variable display is different depending on the set value and the variable display result set in, the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention is not limited to this. When the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern of the reach γ or the super reach δ, the cut-in effect may be always executed during the variable display. In the case where the cut-in effect is always executed during the variable display of the super reach γ and the super reach δ, if the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6, When the variable display result is out of alignment, the ratio assigned to non-execution of the cut-in effect (see FIGS. 8-25 (C) to 8-25 (E)) is the pattern CI-1 with a low expectation of big hit or By assigning to both the pattern CI-1 and the pattern CI-2, the ratio of the cut-in effect executed in the pattern CI-3 may be maintained so as not to be different from the feature unit 245SG. By doing so, the cut-in effect is excessively executed in the pattern CI-3 while improving the interest by executing the cut-in effect during the variable display of the super reach γ and the super reach δ. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from easily recognizing that the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6.

FIG. 8-29 is a flowchart showing the advance notice effect determination process in FIG. 8-19. In the advance notice effect determination process, the effect control CPU 120 first identifies the variable display result and the variation pattern (245SGS361). Then, it is determined whether or not the variable display result is a small hit (245SGS362). When the variable display result is a small hit (245SGS362; Y), the advance notice effect determination process is terminated, and when the variable display result is a large hit or a miss (245SGS362; N), the execution of the cut-in effect is further determined. Whether or not, that is, whether or not any production pattern of the cut-in effect is stored is determined (245SGS363).

When the execution of the cut-in effect is determined (245SGS363; Y), it is further determined whether or not the stored cut-in effect effect pattern is pattern CI-3 or pattern CI-4 (245SGS364). ). When the effect pattern of the stored cut-in effect is pattern CI-3 or pattern CI-4 (245SGS364; Y), the cut-in effect is executed in pattern CI-3 or pattern CI-4. , Whether or not the advance notice effect is executed and the effect pattern are determined based on the specified variable display result and the variation pattern (245SGS365).

On the other hand, when it is determined not to execute the cut-in effect (245SGS363; N) or when the stored effect pattern is the pattern CI-1 or CI-2 (245SGS364; N), the variable display result is It is determined whether or not it is a big hit (245SGS366). When the variable display result is a big hit (245SGS366; Y), the big hit type is specified (245SGS367), and whether or not the advance notice effect is executed and the effect pattern are determined based on the specified big hit type (245SGS368).

When the variable display result is out of alignment (245SGS366; N), the presence / absence of execution of the advance notice effect and the effect pattern are determined based on the specified variable display result and the variation pattern (245SGS369).

Specifically, in the processing of 245SGS365, as shown in FIG. 8-30 (A), when the variable display result is a big hit, the non-execution of the advance notice effect is determined at a rate of 15%. Further, as the execution of the advance notice effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern YE-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern YE-2 is determined at a rate of 55%, and pattern YE-3 is determined at a rate of 0%. The pattern YE-4 is determined at a rate of 0%. Further, when the variable display result is out of alignment and the fluctuation pattern is super reach (out of super reach), the non-execution of the advance notice effect is determined at a rate of 50%. Further, as the execution of the advance notice effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern YE-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern YE-2 is determined at a rate of 20%, and pattern YE-3 is determined at a rate of 0%. The pattern YE-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

As described above, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the case where the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 and the variable display result is out of order is set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. This is a case where the set value is any of 4 to 6 and the fluctuation pattern is a fluctuation pattern of the deviation of super reach γ (PA2-4).

As shown in FIG. 8-30 (C), the pattern YE-1 is an effect pattern for displaying the image 245SG005s of the character A together with the blue effect on the image display device 5, and the pattern YE-2 is the image display device 5 The pattern YE-3 is an effect pattern for displaying the image 245SG005t of the character B together with the red effect, and the pattern YE-3 is an effect pattern for displaying the image 245SG005u of the character C together with the golden effect on the image display device 5. Is an effect pattern for displaying the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C together with the rainbow-colored effect on the image display device 5.

Further, in the processing of 245SGS368, as shown in FIG. 8-30 (B), when the jackpot type is jackpot A or jackpot B, the non-execution of the advance notice effect is determined at a rate of 10%. Further, as the execution of the advance notice effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern YE-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern YE-2 is determined at a rate of 45%, and pattern YE-3 is determined at a rate of 15%. The pattern YE-4 is determined at a rate of 0%. If the jackpot type is jackpot C, the non-execution of the advance notice effect is determined at a rate of 10%. Further, as the execution of the advance notice effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern YE-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern YE-2 is determined at a rate of 40%, and pattern YE-3 is determined at a rate of 15%. The pattern YE-4 is determined at a rate of 5%.

Further, in the processing of 245SGS369, as shown in FIG. 8-30 (B), when the variable display result is out of alignment and the fluctuation pattern is super reach (out of super reach), 50% of the non-execution of the advance notice effect is performed. Determined by percentage. Further, as the execution of the advance notice effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern YE-1 at a rate of 30%, pattern YE-2 is determined at a rate of 15%, and pattern YE-3 is determined at a rate of 5%. The pattern YE-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

Further, when the variable display result is out of alignment and the fluctuation pattern is normal reach (out of normal reach), the non-execution of the advance notice effect is determined at a rate of 80%. Further, as the execution of the advance notice effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern YE-1 at a rate of 15%, pattern YE-2 is determined at a rate of 5%, and pattern YE-3 is determined at a rate of 0%. The pattern YE-4 is determined at a rate of 0%. Further, when the variable display result is out of reach and the fluctuation pattern is non-reach (non-reach out of reach) excluding shortened non-reach, the non-execution of the advance notice effect is determined at a rate of 95%. Further, as the execution of the advance notice effect, the effect pattern is determined to be pattern YE-1 at a rate of 5%, pattern YE-2 is determined at a rate of 0%, and pattern YE-3 is determined at a rate of 0%. The pattern YE-4 is determined at a rate of 0%.

As shown in FIG. 8-38, the advance notice effect in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment is during variable display (if the variable display of the reach variation pattern is being performed, the period from the start of the variable display to the reach is reached. In (Middle), the image of the push button 31B (operation promotion image 245SG005H) is displayed on the image display device 5, and the player is urged to operate the push button 31B. Then, when the push button 31B is operated during the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B, or when the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B ends without the push button 31B being operated, each effect is displayed on the image display device 5. Display the character image according to the pattern.

Therefore, when the fluctuation pattern is shortened non-reach, the period for executing the advance notice effect becomes extremely short (for example, the non-reach fluctuation pattern (PA1-) in which the special figure fluctuation time is 3.75 seconds. If the advance notice effect is executed during the variable display in 3), the period for displaying the operation promotion image 245SG005H will be about 1 second, and the period for displaying the character image will be extremely short, about 1 second to 2 seconds). In the feature unit 245SG, when the fluctuation pattern is shortened non-reach, the advance notice effect is not executed during the variable display, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the fluctuation pattern is shortened non-reach. Even in a certain case, the advance notice effect may be executed during the variable display.

As described above, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the ratio (big hit expectation degree) at which the variable display result becomes the big hit is set to be the lowest when the notice effect is not executed during the variable display, and the notice effect is a pattern. Variable display in the order of execution in YE-1, the advance notice effect is executed in the pattern YE-2, the advance notice effect is executed in YE-3, and the advance notice effect is executed in YE-4. The rate at which the result is a big hit is set to be high (expectation of big hit of notice effect: non-execution of advance notice effect <execution in pattern YE-1 <execution in pattern YE-2 <execution in pattern YE-3 <pattern Executed with YE-4).

In particular, as shown in FIG. 8-30 (B), when the non-execution of the cut-in effect is determined or the cut-in effect is lower than the pattern CI-3 or the pattern CI-4, the pattern CI- When the execution in 1 or the pattern CI-2 is decided, the advance notice effect may be executed in the pattern YE-4 only when the jackpot type is the jackpot C. Therefore, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, in addition to whether or not the advance notice effect is executed in the pattern YE-3, the game also determines whether or not the advance notice effect is executed in the pattern YE-4. It is possible to draw people's attention.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8-30 (A), as the effect pattern of the cut-in effect, the pattern CI-3, which has a higher expectation of a big hit than the pattern CI-1 and the pattern CI-2, or the variable display result is a big hit. When the pattern CI-4 that confirms that the jackpot type is jackpot C is determined, YE-3 or YE-4 is used as the effect pattern of the advance notice effect regardless of the variable display result or the fluctuation pattern. It is set so that it will not be executed. Therefore, when the variable display result is a big hit, the cut-in effect can be executed only by the pattern YE-1 and the pattern YE-2, so that the variable display result becomes a big hit, which is the start of the cut-in effect. It is prevented that the player recognizes the timing before the timing (the start timing of the advance notice effect). Further, when the variable display result is out of alignment, neither the advance notice effect nor the cut-in effect is executed in the effect pattern with high expectation of big hit, so that the player is excessively opposed to the variable display result being a big hit. It is prevented from expecting.

After executing any of the processes of 245SGS365, 245SGS368, and 245SGS369, the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not the execution of the advance notice effect is determined (245SGS370). When the execution of the advance notice effect is decided (245SGS370; Y), the effect pattern determined by any of the processes of 245SGS365, 245SGS368, and 245SGS369 is stored (245SGS371), and the advance notice effect start waiting timer is set to give a notice. The production determination process is completed (245SGS372). When it is determined not to execute the advance notice effect (245SGS370; N), the advance notice effect determination process is terminated without executing the processes of 245SGS371 and 245SGS372.

When the execution of the advance notice effect is determined in the advance notice effect determination process, the effect control CPU 120 decrements the value of the advance notice effect start waiting timer by -1 each time the variable display effect process (S172) is executed, and the advance notice is given. When the effect waiting timer expires, the advance notice effect process table according to the determined effect pattern is set. After that, each time the effect control CPU 120 executes the effect processing during variable display, the effect device (image display device 5, speakers 8L, 8R, game effect lamp 9) is in accordance with the contents of the data (process data) in the advance notice effect process table. Etc.), and the advance notice effect may be executed.

By making it possible to determine the execution of the reel effect, the cut-in effect, and the advance notice effect within the variable display start setting process as described above, FIGS. 8-31 (A), 8-31 (B), and 8- As shown in 32 (A), in the variation pattern of non-reach loss (excluding shortened non-reach loss), the advance notice effect can be executed only in pattern YE-1 during the variable display, and the variation of normal reach loss. In the pattern, the advance notice effect can be executed by the pattern YE-1 and the pattern YE-2 in the period before the reach during the variable display, and it is variable in the fluctuation pattern of the super reach α deviation and the super reach β deviation. In the period before the reach being displayed, the advance notice effect can be executed by the patterns YE-1 to YE-3. It should be noted that the cut-in effect cannot be executed in the period after the reach in the fluctuation pattern of the normal reach deviation, the super reach α deviation, and the super reach γ deviation.

In this feature unit 245SG, the reel effect can be executed during the variable display of the shortened non-reach loss, and the special figure fluctuation time of the variable display of the shortened non-reach loss is set to 3.75 seconds at the shortest. There is. Therefore, the execution period of the reel effect including the operation acceptance period of the stick controller 31A in the feature unit 245SG is set to about 3 seconds to 3.5 seconds.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8-32 (B), in the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ deviation and the super reach δ deviation, the advance notice effect can be executed by the patterns YE-1 to the pattern YE-3 in the period before the reach. In the period after the reach, the cut-in effect can be executed by the pattern CI-1 to the pattern CI-3. However, when the cut-in effect is determined to be executed in the pattern CI-3, the advance notice effect can be executed only in the pattern YE-1 and the pattern YE-2.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-33 and 8-34, in the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ jackpot that does not execute the revival effect and the super reach γ jackpot that executes the revival effect, the notice effect is patterned in the period before the reach. It can be executed by YE-1 to pattern YE-4, and the cut-in effect can be executed by pattern CI-1 to pattern CI-4 in the period after reach. However, when the cut-in effect is determined to be executed in the pattern CI-3 or the pattern CI-4, the advance notice effect can be executed only in the pattern YE-1 and the pattern YE-2.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-31 to 8-34, in any case, the player operates the stick controller 31A during the period from the start timing of the variable display to the execution start timing of the advance notice effect. As a result, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed on the image display device 5, and the reel effect is executed.

In the operation acceptance period of the stick controller 31A in the reel effect, unlike the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B of the advance notice effect and the cut-in effect, the image display device 5 causes the player to operate the stick controller 31A. The prompt operation promotion image is not displayed. That is, unlike the advance notice effect and the cut-in effect, the reel effect in the feature unit 245SG is an effect that is not executed unless the player operates the stick controller 31A during the operation acceptance period of the stick controller 31A. ..

Further, since the operation acceptance period of the stick controller 31A in the reel effect and the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B in the advance notice effect do not overlap, the player can operate the stick controller 31A to execute the reel effect and the character as the advance notice effect. It is not necessary to simultaneously execute the operation of the push button 31B for displaying the image, and it is prevented that the operation of the player for executing the effect becomes complicated.

If it is decided to execute both the advance notice effect and the reel effect at the start of the variable display, the advance notice effect and the reel effect are combined by operating the stick controller 31A during the operation acceptance period of the stick controller 31A. The production period partially overlaps.

From the above, as shown in FIGS. 8-35, the feature unit 245SG is provided with a reel effect, a notice effect, and a cut-in effect as effects that can be executed during the variable display. Of these effects, the reel effect is an effect executed by the player operating the stick controller 31A, and the operation promotion image is not displayed on the image display device 5 during the operation acceptance period of the stick controller 31A. Further, the target suggested by the reel effect is the jackpot expectation degree, the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, or both, and the period during which the effect can be executed is from the start of the variable display to the end of the variable display ( It is from the start of the variable display to the reach (when the fluctuation pattern is normal reach or super reach).

Further, the advance notice effect is an effect executed when the player operates the push button 31B or the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B elapses, and the image is displayed during the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B. The operation promotion image 245SG005H is displayed on the device 5. In addition, the target suggested by the advance notice effect is only the jackpot expectation, and the period during which the effect can be executed is from the start of the variable display to the end of the variable display (when the fluctuation pattern is out of reach) or the start of the variable display. From to reach (when the fluctuation pattern is normal reach or super reach).

Further, the cut-in effect is an effect executed when the player operates the push button 31B or the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B elapses, and the image is displayed during the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B. The operation promotion image 245SG005H is displayed on the display device 5. Further, the target suggested by the cut-in effect is the jackpot expectation degree, the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, or both, and the period during which the effect can be executed is after the reach.

Next, the display control unit 123 in the feature unit 245SG will be described. As shown in FIGS. 8-36 (A) and 8-36 (B), the display control unit 123 has the first layer 245SG301, the second layer 245SG302, and the third layer 245SG303 as layers for drawing an image. It has a fourth layer 245SG304, and images drawn on the first layer 245SG301 to the fourth layer 245SG304 can be combined and displayed on the image display device 5.

Of these plurality of layers, the first layer 245SG301 is the highest layer (top layer), and draws the error notification image 245SG005J and the fourth symbol 245SG005F as the game progress information display corresponding to the progress of the game. It is a layer for. The second layer 245SG302 is a layer lower than the first layer 245SG301, and is a layer for drawing a reel effect (reel image 245SG005G). The third layer 245SG303 is a layer lower than the second layer 245SG302, and is a notice effect (image 245SG005s of character A, image 245SG005t of character B, image 245SG005u of character C, group image 245SG005v of characters A to C, and push button. It is a layer for drawing the operation promotion image 245SG005H of 31B) and the cut-in effect (cut-in image 245SG005w, 245SG005x, 245SG005y, 245SG005 and the operation promotion image 245SG005H of the push button 31B). The fourth layer 245SG304 is a layer (lowermost layer) lower than the third layer 245SG303, and is a decorative symbol in the "left", "middle", and "right" decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R. This is a layer for drawing the variable display and the hold display in the first hold storage display area 245SG005D and the second hold storage display area 245SG005U.

Therefore, in the feature unit 245SG, the image drawn on the third layer 245SG303 is displayed on the image display device 5 with priority over the image drawn on the fourth layer 245SG304. The image drawn on the second layer 245SG302 is displayed on the image display device 5 with priority over the image drawn on the third layer 245SG303 and the fourth layer 245SG304, and is drawn on the first layer 245SG301. The image to be displayed is displayed on the image display device 5 with priority over the images drawn on the second layer 245SG302 to the fourth layer 245SG304.

Next, the display mode of the image display device 5 at the time of executing the variable display in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 8-37 to 8-41. First, as shown in FIGS. 8-37 (A) and 8-37 (B), when the execution of the reel effect and the non-execution of the cut-in effect are determined at the start of the variable display, the stick controller 31A When the player operates the stick controller 31A during the operation acceptance period, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed at the lower center of the image display device 5. Since the reel image 245SG005G is displayed with priority over the decorative symbol and the hold display, a part of the decorative symbol and the hold display is hidden by the reel image 245SG005G.

Then, as shown in FIGS. 8-37 (C) to 8-37 (H), as the variable display result in the reel image 245SG005G, "cherry", "watermelon", "7", "super hot", "super hot", " By stopping and displaying the symbols such as "chance" and "bell", it is suggested that the set value and the variable display result set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 become a big hit.

After the symbols such as "cherry", "watermelon", "7", "super hot", "chance", and "bell" are stopped and displayed on the reel image 245SG005G, before the end of reach or variable display. The display of the reel image 245SG005G on the image display device 5 ends.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-38 (A) and 8-38 (B), when the non-execution of the reel effect and the execution of the advance notice effect are determined at the start of the variable display, after the start of the variable display In the image display device 5, an image of the push button 31B (operation promotion image 245SG005H) for prompting the player to operate the push button 31B is displayed.

When the player operates the push button 31B during the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B, or when the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B elapses, the advance notice effect is displayed on the image display device 5 in patterns YE-1 to YE-4. Executed in either. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 8-38 (C) to 8-38 (F), when the advance notice effect is executed in the pattern YE-1, the image 245SG005s of the character A is displayed on the image display device 5. When it is displayed together with the blue effect and the advance notice effect is executed in the pattern YE-2, the image 245SG005t of the character B is displayed together with the red effect on the image display device 5, and the advance notice effect is executed in the pattern YE-3. In this case, when the image 245SG005u of the character C is displayed together with the golden effect on the image display device 5 and the advance notice effect is executed by the pattern YE-4, the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C is displayed as a rainbow on the image display device 5. Displayed with color effects.

At this time, the player expects a big hit depending on which character's image 245SG005s, 245SG005t, 245SG005u, 245SG005v is the image displayed on the image display device 5, and the color of the effect displayed together with the image of these characters. It is possible to recognize the degree.

As described above, when the cut-in effect is determined to be executed by the pattern CI-3 or the pattern CI-4 at the start of the variable display, the advance notice effect is executed only by the pattern YE-1 or the pattern YE-2. It is possible.

The operation promotion image 245SG005H, the character A image 245SG005s, the character B image 245SG005t, the character C image 245SG005u, and the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C are displayed with priority over the decorative design and the hold display. Therefore, a part of the decorative design and the hold display is concealed by the operation promotion image 245SG005H, the image 245SG005s of the character A, the image 245SG005t of the character B, the image 245SG005u of the character C, and the collective image 245SG005v of the characters A to C.

On the other hand, the fourth symbol 245SG005F is displayed with priority over the operation promotion image 245SG005H, the character A image 245SG005s, the character B image 245SG005t, the character C image 245SG005u, and the group images 245SG005v of the characters A to C in the advance notice effect. Therefore, the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C whose display area overlaps with the fourth symbol 245SG005F is partially hidden by the fourth symbol 245SG005F (see FIG. 8-38 (F)).

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-39 (A) and 8-39 (B), when the execution of the reel effect and the execution of the advance notice effect are determined at the start of the variable display, the operation of the stick controller 31A is accepted. When the player operates the stick controller 31A during the period, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed at the lower center of the image display device 5. Further, as shown in FIG. 8-39 (C), during the variable display in the reel image 245SG005G, the image of the push button 31B for prompting the player to operate the push button 31B in the image display device 5 ( The operation promotion image 245SG005H) is displayed. As described above, the reel image 245SG005G and the operation promotion image 245SG005H are displayed on the image display device 5 with priority over the decorative design and the hold display.

When the player operates the push button 31B during the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B, or when the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B elapses, as shown in FIGS. 8-39 (D) and 8-39 (E). In addition, the advance notice effect is executed in any of the patterns YE-1 to YE-4 in the image display device 5 (in FIGS. 8-39 (D) and 8-39 (E), the advance notice effect is the pattern YE-4. For example, when it is executed in.

Since the reel image 245SG005G is displayed with priority over the advance notice effect (character A image 245SG005s, character B image 245SG005t, character C image 245SG005u, and character A to C group image 245SG005v), the advance notice effect (FIG. In 8-39, the group image 245SG005v) of the characters A to C is partially hidden by the reel image 245SG005G. Further, as described above, the fourth symbol 245SG005F is displayed on the image display device 5 with priority over the advance notice effect (group image 245SG005v of characters A to C).

Further, as shown in FIG. 8-39 (F), when the CPU 103 detects an error such as an abnormal winning or a magnetic error during execution of the reel effect or the cut-in effect, it responds to the error generated in the image display device 5. The error notification image 245SG005J is displayed.

At this time, the error notification image 245SG005J is displayed on the image display device 5 with priority over the reel effect (reel image 245SG005G) and the notice effect (group image 245SG005v of characters A to C), so that the reel effect (reel image 245SG005G) is displayed. ) And a part of the notice effect (group image 245SG005v of characters A to C) are hidden by the error notification image 245SG005J.

When the variable display is a variable display of the super reach γ, the decorative symbols are displayed in a combination of reach as shown in FIGS. 8-40 (A) to 8-40 (C), and then the super reach is displayed. A reach effect of γ (a battle effect in which a ally character and an enemy character fight in this feature unit 245SG) is executed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 8-40 (D), when the cut-in effect execution start timing during the reach effect of the super reach γ comes, the image of the push button 31B (operation promotion image 245SG005H) is displayed on the image display device 5. Is started, and a promotion notification is performed to urge the player to operate the push button 31B. At this time, the player operates the push button 31B during the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B, or the player operates the push button 31B without operating the push button 31B during the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B. When the reception period elapses, the effect is displayed on the image display device 5 together with the cut-in image corresponding to the effect pattern of the cut-in effect.

Specifically, when the effect pattern of the cut-in effect is the pattern CI-1, the cut-in image 245SG005w is displayed together with the blue effect on the image display device 5, and the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-2. In this case, the cut-in image 245SG005x is displayed together with the red effect on the image display device 5, and the cut-in image 245SG005y is displayed together with the golden effect on the image display device 5 when the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3. When the advance notice effect is executed in the pattern YE-4, the cut-in image 245SG005z is displayed together with the rainbow-colored effect on the image display device 5.

At this time, the player decides which of the cut-in images 245SG005w, 245SG005x, 245SG005y, and 245SG005z is the cut-in image displayed on the image display device 5, and the color of the effect displayed together with these cut-in images. It is possible to recognize the degree of expectation of a big hit.

Then, as shown in FIGS. 8-41 (A) and 8-41 (B), when the fluctuation pattern of the variable display is PS2-4 (fluctuation pattern out of super reach γ), the fluctuation pattern of super reach γ As a reach effect result (battle effect result), when the ally character loses to the enemy character, it is notified that the variable display result is out of order, and the variable display ends. Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-41 (A) and 8-41 (C), when the variation pattern of the variable display is PB1-4 (fluctuation pattern of super reach γ jackpot that does not execute the revival effect). , As the reach effect result (battle effect result) of the super reach γ, when the ally character wins the enemy character, it is notified that the variable display result is a big hit, and the variable display ends.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-41 (A) and 8-41 (D) to 8-41 (F), the variation pattern of the variable display is PB1-5 (super reach γ jackpot that executes the revival effect). In the case of (variation pattern), it is notified that the variable display result is once out of order due to the defeat of the ally character to the enemy character as the reach effect result (battle effect result) of the super reach γ. Then, when the revival effect is executed, it is notified again that the variable display result is a big hit when the ally character reverses to the enemy character and wins as the reach effect result (battle effect result) of the super reach γ. The variable display ends.

Although not shown in particular, when the variable display is a variable display of super reach δ, after the decorative pattern is displayed in a combination of reach, the ally character and the enemy character are displayed in the same manner as the reach effect of super reach γ. The battle production that fights is executed. Then, when the cut-in effect is executed during the battle effect, the variable display result is always a big hit by executing the cut-in effect in the pattern CI-3. The battle production as the reach production of Super Reach δ may be the same as the battle production as the reach production of Super Reach γ, but the characters to be played against and the development of the battle are partially different. You may.

As described above, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-25, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 1 to 3, the cut-in effect is the pattern CI. While it is confirmed that the variable display result will be a big hit by executing in -3, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6, the cut-in effect is produced. There is a case where the variable display result is out of order when the pattern CI-3 is executed. That is, when the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 and the variable display result is out of order, it is determined that the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6. , When the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-3, the player can pay attention to whether the variable display result is a big hit or a miss, and the game interest can be improved. There is.

In addition, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-25, after notifying that the variable display result is out of order as a variable pattern in which the cut-in effect can be executed during the reach effect. Super reach γ jackpot fluctuation pattern (super reach γ jackpot fluctuation pattern that executes resurrection effect, PB1-5) and super reach that does not execute resurrection effect A fluctuation pattern of γ jackpot (PB1-4) is provided, and when variable display is executed with the fluctuation pattern of super reach γ jackpot that executes the revival effect, the fluctuation of super reach γ jackpot that does not execute the revival effect. The ratio of executing the cut-in effect in the pattern CI-3 is set lower than that in the case of executing the variable display in the pattern. Therefore, when the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 during the reach effect of the super reach γ and it is notified that the variable display is out of order, the player sets the set value in the pachinko gaming machine 1. Even if it recognizes that is any of 4 to 6, the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is 4 to 6 by notifying that the revival effect is executed and the variable display is a big hit. It is possible to reduce the deterioration of the game interest due to an error in recognizing that it is one of the above.

In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the disadvantage setting values are set to 1 to 3 and the advantageous setting values are set to 4 to 6 as the setting values set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, and the setting values are set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. The determination ratio of the effect pattern of the cut-in effect or the advance notice effect is different depending on whether the set value is the disadvantageous set value or the advantageous set value, but the present invention is not limited to this. As long as the disadvantage setting value includes 1 and the advantage setting value includes 6, they may be set in any range in which the values do not overlap with each other. Specifically, the disadvantage setting value may be 1 to 5 and the advantage setting value may be only 6, or the disadvantage setting value may be only 1 and the advantage setting value may be 2 to 6.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, an embodiment in which the suggestion effect in the present invention is explained as a reach effect is illustrated, but the invention is not limited to this, and the suggestion effect in the present invention is being variably displayed. As long as it is an effect that can be executed, for example, an effect other than the reach effect may be used, such as a pseudo continuous effect in which a temporary stop of a decorative pattern and a revariable display are repeatedly executed.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-25 (C) to 8-25 (E), the fluctuation of the super reach γ deviation when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6. When the variable display is executed in the pattern, when the set value set in the pachinko game machine 1 is 6, the ratio of the cut-in effect being executed in the pattern CI-3 is the highest, and the pachinko game When the set value set in the machine 1 is 4, the ratio of the cut-in effect being executed in the pattern CI-3 is set to be the lowest. Therefore, the higher the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the higher the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-3 and the variable display result is out of order, and the higher the set value is set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. Since the player can be expected to be set, the game interest can be improved.

In the feature unit 245SG of the embodiment, when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6, the variable display is executed with the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ out of line. Illustrates a mode in which the higher the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the higher the rate at which the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-3. It is not limited, and when the set value set in the pachinko game machine 1 is any of 4 to 6, and the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ out of line, the pachinko game Regardless of the set value set in the machine 1, the ratio at which the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-3 may be the same ratio. By doing so, when the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 in the variable display of the deviation of the super reach γ, the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6. It is possible to make it difficult for the player to be identified.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8-6, which reach effect is to be executed and whether to execute the resurrection effect is determined in advance in association with each variation pattern, and is also determined in FIG. 8-13. As shown in (A), when the variable display result is a big hit, the CPU 103 determines the fluctuation pattern using the jackpot fluctuation pattern determination table of 1 regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. Therefore, when the variable display result is a big hit, the ratio of executing the revival effect during the variable display is the same regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. For this reason, the execution rate of the resurrection effect during the variable display follows the set value that determines the rate at which the variable display result becomes a big hit, so the player should pay attention to whether or not the resurrection effect is executed during the variable display. Can be done, and the game entertainment can be improved.

In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, whether or not to execute the reach effect and whether or not to execute the revival effect is illustrated by exemplifying a form that is determined in advance in association with each variation pattern. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and whether or not to execute the reach effect and whether or not to execute the revival effect is changed by the effect control CPU 120 after the CPU 103 determines the variation pattern. It may be appropriately determined from the display result and the like.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-6 and 8-26, as the fluctuation pattern in the feature portion 245SG of the present embodiment, the fluctuation pattern for executing the reach effect of the super reach δ (PA2-5 and PB1-6). Is provided, and when the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 during the reach effect of the super reach δ, the variable display result is always a big hit, so that the variation of the super reach effect increases and the super Since the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 during the reach effect of the reach δ and the player can pay attention to whether or not the variable display result becomes a big hit, the game interest can be improved.

In addition, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the embodiment in which the variation pattern (PA2-5 and PB1-6) for executing the reach effect of the super reach δ is provided has been exemplified, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Therefore, it is possible not to provide a variation pattern for executing the reach effect of the super reach δ.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, as the effects that can be executed during the variable display, a notice effect that can be executed during the period from the start of the variable display to the reach (or until the end timing of the variable display) and the reach. There is a cut-in effect that can be executed during the effect. Further, the advance notice effect can be executed by any of a plurality of effect patterns (patterns YE-1 to pattern YE-4) having different jackpot expectations. Further, as shown in FIG. 8-30, when the variable display result is a big hit and the cut-in effect is determined to be executed in the pattern CI-3 or the pattern CI-4, which is an effect pattern with a high expectation of a big hit. Determines the effect pattern from the effect patterns (pattern YE-1 and pattern YE-2) excluding the pattern YE-3 and the pattern YE-4, which are highly expected to hit the jackpot, when the advance notice effect is executed. It is possible to prevent the player from recognizing in advance that the variable display result will be a big hit by being executed by YE-3 or YE-4. Therefore, if it is decided to execute the cut-in effect in the pattern CI-4, whether or not the variable display result becomes a big hit by executing the advance notice effect in the pattern YE-1 or the pattern YE-2. It is possible to pay attention until the variable display of the crab is completed, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-27 and 8-28, during the variable display of 1, the advance notice effect is set before the cut-in effect (from the start of the variable display). By making it executable during the period until reach), if the variable display result becomes a big hit, the player recognizes that the variable display result becomes a big hit from the timing before the cut-in effect is executed. This can be prevented and the deterioration of the game interest can be prevented.

In addition, in the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the embodiment in which the advance notice effect can be executed at the timing prior to the cut-in effect during the variable display of 1 is illustrated, but the present invention is limited to this. Instead, the advance notice effect may be executed as a look-ahead effect during the variable display that is executed before the variable display that executes the cut-in effect. Further, the advance notice effect is executed during the period from the start of the cut-in effect to the end of the reach effect, so that the variable display result is obtained in the period from the start of the cut-in effect to the end of the reach effect. It may be possible to prevent the player from recognizing that the game is a big hit and prevent the game from being enjoyed.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-25 and 8-26, when the variable display result is a big hit, the big hit type is always big hit C when the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-4. On the other hand, when the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-3, the jackpot type can be any of the jackpot A, jackpot B, and jackpot C, so the cut-in effect is changed to the pattern CI-4 during the variable display. It is possible to draw the player's attention to whether or not it is executed. Further, when the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3, there is a possibility that the big hit type is the big hit A or the big hit B. Therefore, the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 and the variable display result. In the case of a miss, the player can be made to think that even if it is a big hit, it may have been a big hit A or a big hit B. Can be reduced.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8-30, any of 4 to 6 is set as a set value in the pachinko gaming machine 1 (that is, the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 and the variable display result is obtained. When the cut-in effect is decided to be executed in the pattern CI-3, which is an effect pattern with a high expectation of a big hit, when the advance notice effect is executed, the expectation of a big hit is high. Since the effect pattern is determined from the effect patterns (pattern YE-1 and pattern YE-2) excluding the pattern YE-3 and the pattern YE-4, the advance notice effect is executed by the patterns YE-3 and YE-4. It is possible to prevent the player from recognizing in advance that the variable display result will be a big hit. Therefore, even though the variable display result does not become a big hit, the player against the fact that the variable display result becomes a big hit due to the execution of the pattern CI-3 and the patterns YE-3 and YE-4 during the same variable display. It is possible to prevent the expectation of the above from being excessively raised.

In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, any one of 4 to 6 is set as a set value in the pachinko gaming machine 1, and the cut-in effect is the pattern CI-3, which is an effect pattern with a high expectation of a big hit. The execution ratio of the pattern YE-3 and the pattern YE-4 is set to 0% as a form of restricting the execution of the notice effect in the pattern YE-3 and the pattern YE-4 when the execution of the pattern YE-3 and the pattern YE-4 is restricted (notice effect). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and any of 4 to 6 can be set as a set value for the pachinko gaming machine 1. When the cut-in effect is set and the execution is decided in the pattern CI-3, which is an effect pattern with a high expectation of a big hit, the advance notice effect is given at a lower rate than the pattern YE-1 and the pattern YE-2. It may be possible to execute with the pattern YE-3 or the pattern YE-4. That is, in the present claim, "when the advantageous setting value is set and it is not determined by the determination means to be controlled to the advantageous state, the suggestion effect is performed in an embodiment including the specific effect. When it is executed, the execution of the second predetermined effect is restricted. ”In order to prevent the advance notice effect from being executed by the pattern YE-3 or the pattern YE-4, the advance notice effect is performed by the pattern YE-1 or the pattern. A form in which the pattern YE-3 or the pattern YE-4 is executed at a lower rate than the case where the YE-2 is executed is also included.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8-25, the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6, and the fluctuation pattern is the fluctuation pattern (PA2-4) out of the super reach γ. In this case, if the set values are the same, the rate at which the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-3 in the high-accuracy high-base state is the same, and the cut-in effect is performed in the low-accuracy low-base state or the low-accuracy high-base state. It is set higher than the rate executed in pattern CI-3. Therefore, when the gaming state is the high-accuracy high-base state, the cut-in effect is produced in the variable display of the super reach γ out of line compared to the case where the gaming state is the low-accuracy low-base state or the low-accuracy high-base state. Since the ratio of execution in the pattern CI-3 is high, it becomes easy for the player to recognize that the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6 in the high accuracy and high base state. After the player recognizes that the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6 by executing the cut-in effect in the pattern CI-3 in the high accuracy and high base state. Is able to improve the operation of the pachinko gaming machine 1 because it is easy for the player to continue the game even after the gaming state shifts to the low probability and low base state.

In the feature unit 245SG of the present embodiment, the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6, and the variable display is displayed by the fluctuation pattern (PA2-4) of the super reach γ. When executed, when the gaming state is the high-accuracy high-base state, if the set values are the same, the cut-in rate is higher than when the gaming state is the low-accuracy low-base state or the low-accuracy high-base state. Although the embodiment in which the effect can be performed by the pattern CI-3 is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6. Moreover, when the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern (PA2-4) out of the super reach γ, the cut-in effect can be executed in the pattern CI-3 when the gaming state is the high accuracy and high base state. When the gaming state is a low-accuracy low-base state or a low-accuracy high-base state, the cut-in effect may be disabled by the pattern CI-3.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8-39, the reel effect (reel image 245SG005G) is a notice effect (character A image 245SG005s, character B image 245SG005t, character C image 245SG005u, character A to C group images 245SG005v and push. By displaying the image display device 5 with priority over the operation promotion image 245SG005H) of the button 31B, the reel effect is easier for the player to see than the notice effect, so that the player stops as the effect result of the reel effect. It becomes easy to guess the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 from the displayed symbol, and the game entertainment can be improved.

It should be noted that the feature unit 245SG exemplifies a form in which it is possible to suggest a set value set to 1 in the pachinko gaming machine by the symbol displayed as a stop display as the effect result of the reel effect, but the present invention is not limited to this. Instead, for example, it may be possible to suggest whether or not the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 has been changed since the previous start-up by the symbol displayed as a stop display as the effect result of the reel effect. That is, the setting suggestion in the present invention means that the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is suggested and that the setting value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is changed. Includes both.

Further, the feature unit 245SG exemplifies a mode in which a part of the execution period of the reel effect (setting suggestion effect) and the execution period of the advance notice effect overlap, but the present invention is not limited to this. The execution period of these reel effects and the execution period of the advance notice effect may be completely the same.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG, the reel effect (setting suggestion effect) starts at a timing before the start timing of the notice effect and ends at a timing after the end timing of the notice effect during the variable display. Although illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and if at least a part of the feasible period of the reel effect and the feasible period of the advance notice effect overlaps, for example, the reel effect is the advance notice effect. It may start from a timing after the start timing of the above and end at a timing before the end timing of the advance notice effect. Further, the reel effect may be started at a timing after the start timing of the notice effect and may end at a timing after the end timing of the notice effect. Further, the reel effect may be started at a timing before the start timing of the notice effect and may end at a timing after the end timing of the notice effect. Further, the reel effect may be started at a timing before the start timing of the advance notice effect and may end at a timing before the end timing of the advance notice effect. The reel effect may start at a timing before the notice effect and end at a timing before the notice effect.

Further, the feature unit 245SG exemplifies a form in which a part of the execution period of the reel effect (setting suggestion effect) and the execution period of the advance notice effect overlap, but the present invention is not limited to this. , The execution period of the reel effect and the execution period of the notice effect do not have to overlap.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG, a reel effect (reel image 245SG005G) is announced (character A image 245SG005s, character B image 245SG005t, character C image 245SG005u, character A to C group images 245SG005v, and push button 31B. An example is illustrated in which the visibility of the reel effect in the image display device 5 is made higher than that of the advance notice effect by drawing on a layer higher than the operation promotion image 245SG005H), but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the reel effect is displayed as a relatively larger image than the notice effect, the contrast of the reel effect is made higher than that of the notice effect, the display time of the reel effect is made longer than that of the notice effect, and the operation speed of the reel effect is increased. The visibility of the reel effect in the image display device 5 may be made higher than that of the advance notice effect by making it slower than the advance notice effect.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG, a mode in which the reel effect is executed by the operation of the stick controller 31A is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the stick controller is similar to other effects such as the reach effect. Regardless of whether or not the operation of 31A is executed, the effect may be executed according to the progress of the variable display. In this case, as in the case of the feature unit 245SG, it is sufficient to decide to stop the symbols of "cherry" and "watermelon" at a ratio corresponding to the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1.

Further, the feature unit 245SG exemplifies a mode in which whether or not to execute the reel effect and the effect result are determined when the stick controller 31A is operated in advance at the start of the variable display. However, it is also possible to determine whether or not to execute the reel effect during the variable display and the effect result based on the operation of the stick controller 31A during the variable display. By doing so, it is not necessary to determine whether or not to execute the reel effect and the effect result when the stick controller 31A is operated each time the variable display is started, so that the control load of the effect control CPU 120 is reduced. can.

Further, the feature unit 245SG exemplifies a mode in which the reel effect can be executed in the period before the reach, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the reel effect is a variable display such as during the reach effect. In addition to being executed, it may be possible to execute it during a period during which the variable display such as during a big hit game is not executed. When the reel effect can be executed during the period when the variable display is not executed, the symbol to be stopped and displayed as the effect result of the reel effect is "cherry" which suggests the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. , And the "watermelon" symbol and the "bell" symbol that does not give any suggestion.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 8-39, the image display device 5 can display the error notification image 245SG005J and the fourth symbol 245SG005F as the game progress information display corresponding to the progress of the game, and can display the error notification image 245SG005J and the reel effect. When (reel image 245SG005G) is displayed at the same time, the error notification image 245SG005J is displayed with priority over the reel image 245SG005G, that is, the error notification image 245SG005J has higher visibility than the reel image 245SG005G. Since it is displayed, the visibility of the error notification image 245SG005J can be ensured, and it is possible to prevent five people from making an error caused by the display of the error notification image 245SG005J being obstructed by the reel image 245SG005G.

The feature unit 245SG exemplifies a mode in which the error notification image 245SG005J and the fourth symbol 245SG005F are displayed on the image display device 5 as the game progress information display, but the present invention is not limited to this. As the game progress information display, for example, a display other than the error notification image 245SG005J or the fourth symbol 245SG005F, such as a display of the number of reserved numbers for which the number of stored first special symbols and the number of stored stored for the second special symbol can be specified, may be included. good.

Further, the image display device 5 can execute variable display of the decorative symbols in the decorative symbol display areas 5L, 5C, and 5R of "left", "middle", and "right", and FIGS. 8-36 and 8-36. As shown in 37, when the reel effect (reel image 245SG005G) is duplicated in the decorative symbol display area 5C in the image display device 5, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed with priority over the decorative symbol. As a result, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed with higher visibility than the decorative symbol, so that the visibility of the reel image 245SG005G in the symbol display area 5C can be ensured, and the game entertainment can be improved.

Further, the image display device 5 can display the hold display in the first hold storage display area 245SG005D and the second hold storage display area 245SG005U as the effect-related image related to the effect different from the reel effect and the advance notice effect, and the reel. When the effect (reel image 245SG005G) is displayed overlapping with the first hold storage display area 245SG005D and the second hold storage display area 245SG005U, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed with priority over the hold display. Since the visibility of the reel image 245SG005G in the first reserved storage display area 245SG005D and the second reserved storage display area 245SG005U can be ensured, the game entertainment can be improved.

In the feature unit 245SG, the hold display is illustrated as the effect-related image, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the effect-related image is, for example, a decoration that is always displayed in the image display device 5. The image for use may be included.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8-21, in the reel effect, the “7” symbol for notifying that the variable display result becomes a big hit as the effect result can be stopped and displayed, so that the effect result of the reel effect In addition to the stop display of symbols such as "cherry" and "watermelon" that suggest the set value set in the pachinko game machine 1, the game is also for the stop display of the "7" symbol. Since it is possible to draw people's attention, it is possible to raise the attention to the reel production and improve the game entertainment.

Further, in the reel effect, as the effect result, it is suggested that the "bell" symbol that does not suggest the set value set in the pachinko game machine 1 and the set value set in the pachinko game machine 1 are high set values. It is now possible to stop and display the "watermelon" symbol and the "cherry" symbol that suggests that the set value set in the pachinko game machine 1 is a high setting value at a higher rate than the "watermelon" symbol. Therefore, it is possible to draw the player's attention to the type of symbol that is stopped and displayed as a result of the reel production, and it is possible to improve the game interest.

Further, in the variable display of the feature unit 245SG, as shown in FIGS. 8-37 and 8-38, the operation promotion image 245SG005H that urges the player to operate the push button 31B is displayed in the image display device 5. It is possible to execute a notice effect and a reel effect in which an operation promotion image that promotes the operation of the stick controller 31A to the player is not displayed. By displaying the stop display, it is possible to suggest the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1. Therefore, the reel effect is not executed because the stick controller 31A is not operated by a player who is not interested in suggesting the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1, while the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is not executed. Since the reel effect is executed by operating the stick controller 31A by the player who is interested in the suggestion of the above, it is possible to execute the effect that suits the player's taste.

Further, since the reel effect in the feature unit 245SG can be executed only once during the variable display, the reel effect can be performed multiple times by the player operating the stick controller 31A multiple times during the variable display of 1. Is executed, and it is prevented that the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is excessively recognized by the player.

The feature unit 245SG exemplifies a mode in which the reel effect can be executed only once during the variable display of 1, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of reel effects can be performed during the variable display of 1. The reel effect may be made feasible. If the reel effect can be executed multiple times during the variable display of 1, the rate at which the "cherry" and "watermelon" symbols are stopped and displayed is set lower than that of the feature unit 245SG, so that the pachinko game can be played. It may be prevented that the set value set in the machine 1 is excessively recognized by the player.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG, the reel effect is executed by the operation of the stick controller 31A, and the advance notice effect is executed by the operation of the push button 31B. That is, since the reel effect and the advance notice effect are executed when the player's motion is detected by different motion detection means, the reel effect and the advance notice effect that the player does not want are erroneously executed. It is possible to surely avoid being played, and it is possible to improve the game entertainment. Further, since the reel effect can be executed by operating the stick controller 31A at the player's favorite timing within the operation acceptance period of the stick controller 31A, the game entertainment can be improved.

The feature unit 245SG exemplifies a mode in which the reel effect is executed by the operation of the stick controller 31A and the notice effect is executed by the operation of the push button 31B, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the pachinko gaming machine 1 is provided with motion detecting means other than the stick controller 31A and the push button 31B such as a touch sensor and a motion sensor, and the player's motion (to a specific location of the pachinko gaming machine 1) is provided by these touch sensors and motion sensors. The reel effect or the advance notice effect may be executed by detecting the proximity / contact of the player, the gesture of the player, etc.).

Further, the pachinko game machine 1 is provided with a ball hitting operation handle 30 operated by a player or the like to launch the game ball toward the game area by the hitting ball launching device as a game operation detecting means, and also produces an effect. As the operation detection means, a stick controller 31A and a push button 31B capable of detecting the operation of the player are provided, and the stick controller 31A and the push button 31B, which are the effect operation detection means, are operated for the reel effect and the advance notice effect. Since it is an effect executed by the player, the player operates the ball striking operation handle 30 for advancing the game, and operates the stick controller 31A and the push button 31B for executing the reel effect and the advance notice effect. Can be distinguished.

Further, as shown in FIG. 8-31 (A), the execution period of the reel effect including the operation acceptance period of the stick controller 31A is such that the reel effect can be executed even during the variable display of the shortened non-reach loss. It is set to 3 seconds to 3.5 seconds, which is shorter than the shortened non-reach out-of-reach special figure fluctuation time of 3.75 seconds. Therefore, the reel effect can be executed even when the player operates the stick controller 31A during the variable display of the shortened non-reach loss, so that the execution rate of the reel effect is increased every time the variable display is executed. Can be done.

In the present feature unit 245SG, a mode in which the reel effect can be executed during the variable display of the shortened non-reach loss is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the reel effect is the shortened non-reach loss. Except It may be possible to execute only during the variable display. By doing so, the reel effect can be executed for a sufficient period of time that the player can recognize, so that the game entertainment can be improved.

Although the embodiments of the present invention have been described above with reference to the drawings, the specific configuration is not limited to these, and any changes or additions within the scope of the gist of the present invention are included in the present invention. ..

For example, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-25, when the variable display is executed by the variable pattern (PB1-5) that executes the revival effect, the variable pattern that does not execute the revival effect is not executed. Although the embodiment in which the cut-in effect can be executed by the pattern CI-3 at a lower rate than the case where the variable display is executed by (PA2-4 or PB1-4) is illustrated, the present invention is limited to this. Instead, as a modified example 245SG-1, as shown in FIGS. 8-42 (A) to 8-42 (E), when variable display is executed in a variable pattern (PB1-5) for executing a revival effect. May make the cut-in effect infeasible with pattern CI-3. By doing so, when the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 and it is notified that the variable display result is out of order, any of 4 to 6 is set as the set value in the pachinko gaming machine 1. Even though the player recognizes that it is set, it is possible to prevent a decrease in the interest of the game due to the execution of the revival effect and the notification that the variable display result is a big hit.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, when the variable display is executed by the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ jackpot that executes the resurrection effect, the variable display is performed by the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ jackpot that does not execute the resurrection effect. Although the embodiment in which the ratio of executing the cut-in effect in the pattern CI-3 is set to be lower than that in the case of executing the above is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and FIG. As shown in −43 (A) to FIG. 8-43 (D), when the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ jackpot that executes the revival effect, the super reach γ jackpot that does not execute the revival effect The ratio of executing the cut-in effect in the pattern CI-3 may be set higher than in the case of executing the variable display in the variable pattern. By doing so, for example, the player places more importance on whether or not the variable display result is a big hit than whether or not the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6. In the case of, after the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 and it is notified that the variable display result is out of order, the revival effect is further executed and the variable display result is a big hit. Since it is possible to draw the player's attention to whether or not it is notified, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ jackpot (PB1-5) that executes the revival effect regardless of the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 1 to 6. ), The cut-in effect can be executed by the pattern CI-3. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and is shown as a modified example 245SG-3. As shown in 8-44 (A) to 8-44 (C), when the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6, the super reach γ jackpot that executes the revival effect is executed. When the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern (PB1-5) of, the cut-in effect can be executed in the pattern CI-3, while the set values set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 are 1-3. In any case, the cut-in effect may be disabled in the pattern CI-3 when the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern (PB1-5) of the super reach γ jackpot that executes the revival effect. By doing so, when the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern (PB1-5) of the super reach γ jackpot that executes the revival effect, the variable display result becomes a jackpot and the pachinko game machine 1 is set. It is confirmed that the set value is one of 4 to 6, and the revival effect is executed after it is once notified that the variable display result will be out of order during the reach effect of the super reach γ during the variable display. It is possible to draw the player's attention to whether or not the variable display result is notified to be a big hit, and it is possible to improve the game interest.

That is, in the feature unit 245SG, when the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 during the reach effect of the super reach γ, the setting is set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 even if the variable display result is out of order. By determining that the value is any of 4 to 6, it is possible to promote the continuation of the game to the player, but in this feature unit 245SG-3, the reach of the super reach γ is being produced. When the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-3, the variable display result becomes a big hit, and the player determines that the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6. However, it is possible to promote the continuation of the game.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-30, the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6, and the fluctuation pattern of the super reach γ is out of alignment. When the variable display is executed in (PA2-4), if the cut-in effect is determined to be executed in the pattern CI-1 or the pattern CI-2, which is an effect pattern with a low expectation of a big hit, the cut-in effect is executed. Illustrates a mode in which the advance notice effect can be executed by the pattern YE-3 at a higher rate than when the execution by the pattern CI-3, which is an effect pattern with a high expectation of a big hit, is determined. The present invention is not limited to this, and as shown in FIGS. 8-45 (A) to 8-45 (C) as a modified example 245SG-4, the set values set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 are 4 to 6. When the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern (PA2-4) that is out of the super reach γ, the cut-in effect is decided to be executed in the pattern CI-3, which is an effect pattern with a high expectation of a big hit. If this is the case, the cut-in effect is a production pattern with a low expectation of a big hit. It may be feasible. By doing so, when the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-3 during the reach effect of the super reach γ, and when the cut-in effect is executed by the pattern CI-1 or the pattern CI-2. By executing the advance notice effect in the pattern YE-3 at a higher rate than that, it is possible to prevent the player from recognizing in advance that the variable display result is out of order, so that the variable display result can be obtained. It is possible to draw the player's attention to whether or not it will be a big hit, and it is possible to improve the game interest.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 8-25 (C) to 8-25 (E), the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6. And when the variable display is executed with the fluctuation pattern (PA2-4) out of the super reach γ, if the gaming state is the high accuracy and high base state, the gaming state is low if the set values are the same. Although the embodiment in which the cut-in effect can be performed by the pattern CI-3 at a higher rate than in the case of the low accuracy base state or the low accuracy high base state is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and is a modification. As shown in FIG. 8-46 as 245SG-5, the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6, and is variably displayed by the fluctuation pattern (PA2-4) of the super reach γ deviation. When is executed, if the gaming state is a low-accuracy low-base state or a low-accuracy high-base state, if the set values are the same, the gaming state is cut at a higher rate than when the gaming state is in the high-accuracy high-base state. The in-effect may be executed by the pattern CI-3.

By doing so, when the gaming state is the low-accuracy low-base state or the low-accuracy high-base state, the rate during the reach production of the super reach γ is higher than that when the gaming state is the high-accuracy high-base state. Since the cut-in effect is easily executed by the pattern CI-3, for example, the variable display result does not become a big hit for a long period of time (for example, 1000 variable displays) in the low accuracy low base state, so that the player When the motivation to continue the game is reduced, the cut-in effect is executed in the pattern CI-3, that is, the set value set in the pachinko game machine 1 is any of 4 to 6. Is notified to the player, so that the player's willingness to continue playing the game can be improved, so that the game interest in the low-accuracy low-base state and the low-accuracy high-base state can be improved.

In the present modification 245SG-5, the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 is any of 4 to 6, and the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern (PA2-4) of the super reach γ deviation. When the gaming state is the low accuracy low base state or the low accuracy high base state, if the set values are the same, the cut-in effect is produced at a higher rate than when the gaming state is the high accuracy high base state. Although the embodiment that can be performed by the pattern CI-3 is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and is set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 as a modification 245SG-6 as shown in FIG. 8-47. When the set value is any of 4 to 6 and the variable display is executed in the fluctuation pattern (PA2-4) out of the super reach γ, the gaming state is the low probability low base state or the low probability high base state. If this is the case, the cut-in effect can be executed by the pattern CI-3, while if the gaming state is the high-accuracy and high-base state, the cut-in effect may be disabled by the pattern CI-3. By doing so, the cut-in effect can be executed by the pattern CI-3 during the reach effect of the super reach γ only when the game state is the low accuracy low base state or the low accuracy high base state, so that the accuracy is high. Since it is possible to draw the player's attention to the low-determined base state and the low-accuracy high-base state, in which the variable display result is less likely to be a big hit than the high-based state, the game entertainment of these low-determined base state and low-accuracy high-base state Can be improved.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, a mode in which the cut-in effect can be executed during the reach effect of the super reach γ and the super reach δ is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIGS. 8-48 (A) and 8-48 (B) as the modified example 245SG-7, during the reach production of the super reach γ and the super reach δ, the pachinko game is replaced with the cut-in effect. The set value suggestion effect suggesting the set value set in the machine 1 may be executable. In this way, when the set value suggestion effect can be executed during the reach effect of the super reach γ or the super reach δ, the period before the executable period (during the reach effect) of the set value suggestion effect (for example). , The period from the start of the variable display to the reach), the above-mentioned advance notice effect may be executed, and the execution rate of the set value suggestion effect may be different depending on the effect pattern of the advance notice effect.

Specifically, when the advance notice effect is executed in the pattern YE-3 or the pattern YE-4, the set value is higher than that in the case where the advance notice effect is executed in the pattern YE-1 or the pattern YE-2. It suffices to make the suggestion effect feasible. By doing so, it is possible to draw the player's attention to which effect pattern the advance notice effect is executed in, and when the advance notice effect is executed in the pattern YE-3 or the pattern YE-4, , Since the player can pay attention to whether or not the set value suggestion effect is executed during the reach effect, it is possible to prevent the player from overlooking the set value suggestion effect.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8-39, a reel effect (reel image 245SG005G) and a notice effect (character A image 245SG005s, character B image 245SG005t, character C) are displayed during variable display. When both the image 245SG005u and the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C are executed, the reel effect is displayed on the image display device 5 in preference to the advance notice effect. The present invention is not limited to this, and as shown in FIGS. 8-49 (A) to 8-49 (E) as a modified example 245SG-8, for example, both the reel effect and the advance notice effect can be performed during the variable display. When executed, the reel effect (reel image 245SG005G) is displayed at the lower right of the image display device 5, and the notice effect (character A image 245SG005s, character B image 245SG005t, character C image 245SG005u, character A ~ The group image 245SG005v) of C may be displayed on the upper part of the image display device 5 so as not to overlap with the reel effect, that is, the reel effect and the advance notice effect may be displayed in different display areas in the image display device 5.

By doing so, the visibility of the images of both the reel effect and the advance notice effect is ensured, so that it is possible to prevent the effect of either the reel effect or the advance notice effect from being lowered.

In the present modification 245SG-8, displaying the reel effect and the advance notice effect in different display areas in the image display device 5 reduces the effect of either the reel effect or the advance notice effect. Although the form of prevention is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and the pachinko game machine 1 is provided with an image display means different from the image display device 5, and both the reel effect and the advance notice effect are provided during the variable display. Is executed, the reel effect is displayed on one side of the image display device 5 and the image display means, and the notice effect is displayed on the other side to ensure the visibility of both the reel effect and the advance notice effect. , It may be possible to prevent the effect of either the reel effect or the advance notice effect from being lowered.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, the reel effect (reel image 245SG005G) and the advance notice effect (character A image 245SG005s, character B image 245SG005t, character C image 245SG005u, and characters A to C) are displayed during variable display. When both the group image 245SG005v) is executed, the reel effect has priority over the advance notice effect regardless of the effect pattern of the advance notice effect (the image displayed on the image display device 5 as the advance notice effect). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and when both the reel effect and the advance notice effect are executed during the variable display, the image display device 5 is used as the advance notice effect. Depending on the image to be displayed, it may be different whether or not the reel effect is displayed on the image display device 5 in preference to the advance notice effect.

Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 8-50 (A) to 8-50 (E) as a modified example 245SG-9, an image of a character A having a low expectation of a big hit as a reel effect and a notice effect during variable display. When it is decided to display 245SG005s (pattern YE-1), the reel effect is displayed on the image display device 5 in preference to the advance notice effect, and the reel effect and the advance notice effect are displayed during the variable display. When it is decided to display the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C having a high expectation of big hit (pattern YE-4), the image is displayed as a modified example 245SG-8 as shown in FIG. 8-49. The display areas of the reel effect and the notice effect in the device 5 are different.

By doing so, the visibility of the reel effect can be ensured, and an image having a high expectation of a big hit (for example, a group image 245SG005v of characters A to C) is displayed on the image display device 5 as a notice effect. In this case, since the visibility of the notice effect can be ensured in addition to the reel effect, the player should pay attention to the fact that the stop symbol displayed as the reel effect and the variable display result are likely to be big hits. Can be done, and the game entertainment can be improved.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the embodiment, when the reel effect is executed, the variable display result can be notified that the variable display result is a big hit by stopping and displaying the "7" symbol as the effect result of the reel effect. Although illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of symbols capable of notifying that the variable display result is a big hit may be provided as the effect result of the reel effect.

In such a case, for example, as a modified example 245SG-10, as shown in FIGS. 8-51 (A) to 8-51 (D), the variable display result is a big hit and the big hit type is a big hit A (non-probability variation). In the case of a jackpot), the white "7" symbol can be stopped and displayed as the effect result of the reel effect, while the variable display result is a jackpot and the jackpot type is jackpot B or jackpot C (probability variable jackpot). In this case, the black "7" symbol may be stopped and displayed as a result of the reel effect. By doing so, when the "7" symbol that notifies that the variable display result becomes a big hit as the effect result of the reel effect is stopped and displayed, the game is set to the display mode of the "7" symbol that is stopped and displayed. Since it is possible to draw people's attention, it is possible to improve the entertainment of the game.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, a mode in which an image of a character is displayed on the image display device 5 is illustrated as a notice effect, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the notice effect is not limited to this. It may be possible to perform an effect different from that of the feature unit 245SG, such as a group effect in which a plurality of characters cross the display area of the image display device 5. In particular, when the group effect can be executed as the advance notice effect, the image display device 5 is displayed as the group effect as shown in FIGS. 8-52 (A) to 8-52 (C) as the modified example 245SG-11. The reel effect (reel image 245SG005G) may be displayed by superimposing the area on the character crossing the area to the left. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the visibility of the reel effect from being lowered by the character that crosses the display area of the image display device 5 toward the left.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, the reel effect is executed by the operation of the stick controller 31A, and the advance notice effect is executed by the operation of the push button 31B. That is, the reel effect and the advance notice effect are different motion detections. Although the embodiment in which the player's motion is detected by the means is illustrated, the present invention is not limited to this, and the reel effect and the advance notice effect are the same motion detection means for the player. It may be executed when the operation of is detected. When the reel effect and the advance notice effect are executed when the player's motion is detected by the same motion detection means, as shown in the feature unit 245SG, during the variable display of 1. As shown in FIG. 8-53 as a modified example 245SG-12, the effect executable period of the reel effect and a part of the effect executable period of the advance notice effect do not overlap (see FIGS. 8-31 to 8-34). In addition, the effect executable period of the reel effect and the effect executable period of the advance notice effect may not overlap at all during the variable display of 1. By doing so, it is possible to prevent the player from executing the reel effect and the advance notice effect that the player does not want by operating the stick controller 31A and the push button 31B of the player, so that the game enjoyment can be improved.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, a mode in which the start timing of the reel effect and the start timing of the advance notice effect are different has been illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the reel effect is executed. By setting the operation acceptance period of the stick controller 31A for the purpose and the operation acceptance period of the push button 31B for executing the advance notice effect to be the same period, the reel effect and the advance notice effect may be executed from the same timing.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, the mode in which the effect control CPU 120 can determine whether or not the reel effect is executed at the start of the variable display is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. The ratio at which the effect control CPU 120 determines whether or not the reel effect is executed at the start of the variable display may be changed by an operation by the player. Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 8-54 (A) and 8-54 (B) as a modified example 245SG-13, a state in which the game is not executed (variable display of a special symbol or a decorative symbol is executed). The effect mode change screen is displayed on the image display device 5 by the player operating the push button 31B in the case where the player does not have the hold memory, the hold memory does not exist, and the game state is not the big hit game state or the small hit game state). It is sufficient that the effect mode can be selected (changed) from the first effect mode and the second effect mode by the operation of the player's stick controller 31A while the effect mode change screen is displayed. Then, as shown in FIG. 8-54 (C), when the first effect mode is selected, the reel effect is executed at the start of the variable display at a higher rate than when the second effect mode is selected. It suffices if it is possible to determine.

In the present modification 245SG-13, a first effect mode and a second effect mode in which the execution ratios of the reel effects are different are provided, and the player can select the first effect mode and the second effect mode (effect mode). However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, a third effect mode in which the reel effect is not executed is further provided, and the player can perform these first effect modes to the third effect. The mode may be selectable.

Further, in the present modification 245SG-13, a mode in which the player can change the effect mode is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the operation is performed by opening the gaming machine frame 245SG003. By providing a production mode change switch for changing the production mode at a position where it is possible, employees of the amusement park can change the production mode, while the player cannot change the production mode. good. Further, it may be possible to set whether or not the effect mode can be changed by the player, and the effect mode that can be changed by the player can be set by the operation of an employee of the game hall or the like.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, an embodiment in which any cut-in image can be displayed on the image display device 5 as a cut-in effect during execution of the reach effect of the super reach γ has been illustrated. The present invention is not limited to this, and any cut-in image (for example, a cut-in image (for example) in a display area different from the reel effect (245SG005G) in the image display device 5 as the advance notice effect shown in the above-described modification 245SG-8. , Cut-in image 245SG005y) may be displayable.

Further, in the case where any cut-in image can be displayed in a display area different from the reel effect (245SG005G) in the image display device 5, the modified example 245SG-14 is shown in FIG. 8-55 (A). As shown in FIG. 8-55 (D), a plurality of cut-in images suggesting set values as a cut-in effect (for example, a cut-in image of pattern CI-3 245SG005y and a cut-in image of a new pattern CI-5). Any of 245SG005r) may be displayed, and a set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 may be suggested depending on which cut-in image is displayed on the image display device 5.

For example, as shown in FIG. 8-55 (E), when any of 1 to 3 is set as the set value in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the pattern CI-3 (cut-in image) is used as the cut-in effect. If the display of 245SG005y) is determined at a higher rate than the pattern CI-5 (display of the cut-in image 245SG005r) and any of 4 to 6 is set as the set value in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the cut is performed. As an in-effect, the pattern CI-5 (display of the cut-in image 245SG005r) may be determined at a higher ratio than the pattern CI-3 (display of the cut-in image 245SG005y).

In the feature unit 245SG, the cut-in effect can be executed only during the reach effect of the super reach γ, so that the rate at which the pattern CI-3 and the pattern CI-5 are executed as the cut-in effect (execution frequency). Can be different from the rate at which the "cherry" and "watermelon" symbols are stopped and displayed as a result of the reel effect. In this way, the rate at which the cut-in effect is executed in pattern CI-3 or pattern CI-5 differs from the rate at which the "cherry" or "watermelon" symbol is stopped and displayed as a result of the reel effect effect. Since it becomes easier for the player to guess the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 by the cut-in effect and the reel effect, the game entertainment can be improved.

In this modification 245SG-14, the ratio of the cut-in effect being executed in the pattern CI-3 and the pattern CI-5 and the ratio of the "cherry" and "watermelon" symbols being stopped and displayed as the effect result of the reel effect. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and when "6" is set as a set value in the pachinko gaming machine 1, the cut-in effect is the pattern CI-3 or the pattern. The ratio executed by CI-5 and the ratio at which the symbols of "cherry" and "watermelon" are stopped and displayed as the effect result of the reel effect may be different.

By doing so, it becomes easier for the player to guess the set value set in the pachinko gaming machine 1 between the cut-in effect and the reel effect, so that the game interest can be improved.

Further, in the feature unit 245SG of the above-described embodiment, an embodiment in which the present invention is applied to the pachinko gaming machine 1 is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention is used for other games such as a slot machine. It may be applied to the machine.

Further, although a plurality of feature portions and modified examples are disclosed in the present specification, the gaming machine of the present invention is implemented by combining two or more feature portions and modified examples from these plurality of feature portions and modified examples. You may.

(Explanation of Invention 245SG)
The present invention includes the invention 245SG shown below.

Conventionally, in a gaming machine that can set a plurality of setting values having different advantages for the player, a setting suggestion effect for displaying characters such as a giraffe, an elephant, and a lion that suggest the set setting values is displayed at the time of change. (See, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-200902).

However, there is a problem that the effects other than the setting suggestion effect are not considered, and the improvement of the game entertainment by the setting suggestion effect may be insufficient. In order to solve such a problem, the invention 245SG is configured as follows.

The gaming machine of means 1 is
It is possible to control an advantageous state (for example, a jackpot gaming state) that is advantageous to the player, and it is possible to set one of a plurality of set values (for example, 1 to 6) having different advantages for the player. A game machine (for example, pachinko game machine 1)
A display means capable of displaying an image (for example, an image display device 5) and
A specific image (for example, image 245SG005s of character A, image 245SG005t of character B, image 245SG005u of character C, and collective image 245SG005v of characters A to C) suggesting that the image is controlled to the advantageous state is displayed on the display means. The notice effect and the setting suggestion effect of displaying a setting suggestion image (for example, a reel image 245SG005G that stops and displays the symbols of "cherry" and "watermelon") that is different from the specific image and is related to the setting suggestion on the display means. (For example, a reel effect) and an effect execution means (for example, a portion where the effect control CPU 120 executes an effect process during variable display) and
With
When the advance notice effect and the setting suggestion effect are executed in parallel, the setting suggestion image is displayed so as to have higher visibility than the specific image (for example, FIG. 8-39 (E). ), When the reel image 245SG005G and the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C are simultaneously displayed on the image display device 5, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed with priority over the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C. Part to be done)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, since the setting suggestion image is easier to see than the specific image, it becomes easier for the player to make a guess about the setting suggestion, and the game interest can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 2 is the gaming machine according to the means 1.
The display means can display a game progress information display (for example, the fourth symbol 245SG005F or the error notification image 245SG005J) corresponding to the progress of the game.
When the game progress information display and the setting suggestion image are simultaneously displayed on the display means, the game progress information display is displayed so as to have higher visibility than the setting suggestion image (for example). As shown in FIG. 8-39 (F), when the reel image 245SG005G and the error notification image 245SG005J are displayed at the same time on the image display device 5, the error notification image 245SG005J is displayed with priority over the reel image 245SG005G. Part to be done)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, since the visibility of the game progress information display can be ensured, it is possible to prevent misidentification of the game progress information display.

The gaming machine of the means 3 is the gaming machine according to the means 1 or the means 2.
A gaming machine capable of executing variable display in a specific display area of the display means (for example, each decorative symbol display area 5L, 5C, 5R of "left", "middle", and "right").
When the setting suggestion image is displayed in the specific display area, the setting suggestion image is displayed so as to have higher visibility than the variable display image variably displayed in the specific display area (for example). , As shown in FIG. 8-39 (B), when the reel image 245SG005G is overlapped with the symbol display area 5C in the image display device 5, the reel image 245SG005G has priority over the decorative symbol of the symbol display area 5C. (The part displayed as)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the visibility of the setting suggestion image can be ensured in the specific display area, so that the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 4 is the gaming machine according to any one of the means 1 to the means 3.
The display means has an effect-related image display area (for example, a first hold storage display area 245SG005D and a second hold storage display area 245SG005D) capable of displaying at least an effect-related image (for example, a hold display) related to an effect different from the advance notice effect and the setting suggestion effect. Has a hold storage display area 245SG005U)
When the setting suggestion image is duplicated in the effect-related image display area, the setting suggestion image has higher visibility than the effect-related image displayed in the effect-related image display area. (For example, as shown in FIG. 8-37 (B), when the reel image 245SG005G is overlapped with the first hold storage display area 245SG005D, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed in the first hold storage display area 245SG005D. The part that is displayed with priority over 245SG005D)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the visibility of the setting suggestion image can be ensured in the effect-related image display area, so that the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 5 is the gaming machine according to any one of the means 1 to the means 4.
As the specific image, the effect executing means includes a first specific image (for example, an image 245SG005s of a character A indicating that the jackpot expectation is low) and a second specific image (for example, a character A indicating that the jackpot expectation is high). The group image of ~ C 245SG005v) can be displayed on the display means.
When the first specific image and the setting suggestion image are simultaneously displayed on the display means, the setting suggestion image is displayed so as to have higher visibility than the first specific image (for example,). As shown in FIG. 8-50 (D), when the reel image 245SG005G and the image 245SG005s of the character A are displayed at the same time on the image display device 5, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed with priority over the image 245SG005s of the character A. Part to be done),
When the second specific image and the setting suggestion image are simultaneously displayed on the display means, the second specific image and the setting suggestion image are displayed in different display areas (for example, FIG. 8-). As shown in 50 (E), when the reel image 245SG005G and the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C are simultaneously displayed on the image display device 5, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed at the lower right of the image display device 5. A part to be displayed and displaying a group image 245SG005v of characters A to C at the upper part of the image display device 5)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the visibility of the setting suggestion image can be ensured, and when the second specific image is displayed, the visibility of the second specific image can also be ensured. By directing both, the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of means 6 is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 5.
In the setting suggestion effect, the effect execution means can display a special setting suggestion image corresponding to the control of the advantageous state on the display means (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-37 (E), a reel effect. The part where the "7" symbol, which indicates that the variable display result is a big hit, can be stopped and displayed)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, attention to the setting suggestion effect can be increased, and the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 7 is the gaming machine according to the means 6.
As the advantageous state, a first advantageous state (for example, a jackpot gaming state of jackpot A) and a second advantageous state (for example, a jackpot gaming state of jackpot B or jackpot C) which is more advantageous for the player than the first advantageous state). And have
The effect executing means can display a special setting suggestion image corresponding to the second advantageous state on the display means as the special setting suggestion image (for example, FIG. 8-51 (C) as a modification 245SG-10 and FIG. As shown in FIG. 8-51 (D), when the variable display result is a big hit and the big hit type is a big hit A, the white "7" symbol can be stopped and displayed as a reel effect, and the variable display result is a big hit. If the jackpot type is jackpot B or jackpot C, the black "7" symbol can be stopped and displayed as a reel effect)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, attention to the setting suggestion effect can be further increased, and the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of means 8 is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 7.
The effect executing means includes a non-suggestion image (for example, a "bell" symbol) that does not suggest the setting, and as the setting suggestion image, a first setting suggestion image (for example, a "watermelon" symbol) and the first setting suggestion image. It is characterized in that it is possible to display a second setting suggestion image (for example, a “cherry” symbol) suggesting that a setting value more advantageous to the player is set.
According to this feature, it is possible to pay attention to the type of the image displayed in the setting suggestion effect, so that the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 9 is the gaming machine according to any one of the means 1 to the means 8.
The effect executing means is
As the advance notice effect, an effect in which the specific image is in a predetermined operation state (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-52 (C) as a modification 245SG-11, a plurality of characters right the display area of the image display device 5). It is possible to perform a group production that crosses from the direction to the left),
The setting suggestion image can be superimposed and displayed on the specific image in the predetermined operating state (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-52 (C) as a modified example 245SG-11, the image display device 5 In the part where the reel image 245SG005G is displayed with priority over the group production)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to prevent the visibility of the setting suggestion image from being lowered when the specific image is in a predetermined operation state.

The gaming machine of the means 10 is the gaming machine according to any one of the means 1 to the means 9.
A motion detecting means (for example, a stick controller 31A and a push button 31B) capable of detecting a predetermined motion of a player is provided.
The effect executing means is
It is possible to execute an operation promotion notification effect (for example, a portion displaying the operation promotion image 245SG005H in the image display device 5 as shown in FIG. 8-38 (B)) that prompts the execution of the predetermined operation.
As the advance notice effect, the specific image can be displayed based on the detection of the predetermined operation by the operation detection means, accompanied by the execution of the operation promotion notification effect (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-38, the advance notice effect). Is the image of the character A 245SG005s, the image of the character B 245SG005t, the image of the character C 245SG005u, and the characters A to C by operating the push button 31B after the operation promotion image 245SG005H is displayed on the image display device 5. The part where any of the group image 245SG005v is displayed),
As the setting suggestion effect, the setting suggestion image can be displayed based on the detection of the predetermined motion by the motion detection means without executing the motion promotion notification effect (for example, as shown in FIGS. 8-37). In the reel effect, the operation promotion image 245SG005H is not displayed on the image display device 5, and the player operates the stick controller 31A to display "cherry", "watermelon", "7", and "cherry" on the reel image 245SG005G. The part where one of the "Gekiatsu", "Chance", and "Bell" symbols is stopped and displayed)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the setting suggestion effect in which the suggestion by the setting suggestion image is performed is not accompanied by the operation promotion notification effect, and the setting suggestion effect is not executed for the player who is not interested in the suggestion regarding the setting suggestion. On the other hand, since the player who is interested in the suggestion regarding the setting suggestion can execute the setting suggestion effect, the effect that suits the player's taste can be executed.

(Explanation of Invention 246SG)
In addition, the present invention includes the invention 246SG shown below.

Conventionally, in a gaming machine that can set a plurality of setting values having different advantages for the player, a setting suggestion effect for displaying characters such as a giraffe, an elephant, and a lion that suggest the set setting values is displayed at the time of change. (See, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-200902).

However, there is a problem that the effects other than the setting suggestion effect are not considered, and the improvement of the game entertainment by the setting suggestion effect may be insufficient. In order to solve such a problem, the invention 246SG is configured as follows.

The gaming machine of means 1 is
It is possible to control an advantageous state (for example, a jackpot gaming state) that is advantageous to the player, and it is possible to set one of a plurality of setting values (for example, 1 to 6) having different advantages for the player. A gaming machine (for example, a pachinko gaming machine 1)
A display means capable of displaying an image (for example, an image display device 5) and
A specific image (for example, image 245SG005s of character A, image 245SG005t of character B, image 245SG005u of character C, and collective image 245SG005v of characters A to C) suggesting that the image is controlled to the advantageous state is displayed on the display means. A setting suggestion that displays a setting suggestion image (for example, a reel image 245SG005G that stops and displays the symbols of "cherry" and "watermelon") related to the setting suggestion, which is an image different from the notice effect and the specific image, on the display means. An effect executing means (for example, a part where the effect control CPU 120 executes an effect process during variable display) and an effect execution means capable of executing the effect.
With
When the advance notice effect and the setting suggestion effect are executed in parallel, the specific image and the setting suggestion image are displayed in different display areas (for example, FIG. 8- as a modification 245SG-8). As shown in 49, when the reel image 245SG005G and the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C are simultaneously displayed on the image display device 5, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed at the lower right of the image display device 5, and the character A is displayed. The part that displays the group image 245SG005v of ~ C at the upper part of the image display device 5)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the visibility of both the specific image and the setting suggestion image is ensured, so that it is possible to prevent the effect of either the advance notice effect or the setting suggestion effect from being reduced. Because it can be done, the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 2 is the gaming machine according to the means 1.
The display means can display a game progress information display (for example, the fourth symbol 245SG005F or the error notification image 245SG005J) corresponding to the progress of the game.
When the game progress information display and the setting suggestion image are simultaneously displayed on the display means, the game progress information display is displayed so as to have higher visibility than the setting suggestion image (for example). As shown in FIG. 8-39 (F), when the reel image 245SG005G and the error notification image 245SG005J are displayed at the same time on the image display device 5, the error notification image 245SG005J is displayed with priority over the reel image 245SG005G. Part to be done)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, since the visibility of the game progress information display can be ensured, it is possible to prevent misidentification of the game progress information display.

The gaming machine of the means 3 is the gaming machine according to the means 1 or the means 2.
A gaming machine capable of executing variable display in a specific display area of the display means (for example, each decorative symbol display area 5L, 5C, 5R of "left", "middle", and "right").
When the setting suggestion image is displayed in the specific display area, the setting suggestion image is displayed so as to have higher visibility than the variable display image variably displayed in the specific display area (for example). , As shown in FIG. 8-39 (B), when the reel image 245SG005G is overlapped with the symbol display area 5C in the image display device 5, the reel image 245SG005G has priority over the decorative symbol of the symbol display area 5C. (The part displayed as)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the visibility of the setting suggestion image can be ensured in the specific display area, so that the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 4 is the gaming machine according to any one of the means 1 to the means 3.
The display means has an effect-related image display area (for example, a first hold storage display area 245SG005D and a second hold storage display area 245SG005D) capable of displaying at least an effect-related image (for example, a hold display) related to an effect different from the advance notice effect and the setting suggestion effect. Has a hold storage display area 245SG005U)
When the setting suggestion image is duplicated in the effect-related image display area, the setting suggestion image has higher visibility than the effect-related image displayed in the effect-related image display area. (For example, as shown in FIG. 8-37 (B), when the reel image 245SG005G is overlapped with the first hold storage display area 245SG005D, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed in the first hold storage display area 245SG005D. The part that is displayed with priority over 245SG005D)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the visibility of the setting suggestion image can be ensured in the effect-related image display area, so that the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 5 is the gaming machine according to any one of the means 1 to the means 4.
As the specific image, the effect executing means includes a first specific image (for example, an image 245SG005s of a character A indicating that the jackpot expectation is low) and a second specific image (for example, a character A indicating that the jackpot expectation is high). The group image of ~ C 245SG005v) can be displayed on the display means.
When the first specific image and the setting suggestion image are simultaneously displayed on the display means, the setting suggestion image is displayed so as to have higher visibility than the first specific image (for example,). As shown in FIG. 8-50 (D), when the reel image 245SG005G and the image 245SG005s of the character A are displayed at the same time on the image display device 5, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed with priority over the image 245SG005s of the character A. Part to be done),
When the second specific image and the setting suggestion image are simultaneously displayed on the display means, the second specific image and the setting suggestion image are displayed in different display areas (for example, FIG. 8-). As shown in 50 (E), when the reel image 245SG005G and the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C are simultaneously displayed on the image display device 5, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed at the lower right of the image display device 5. A part to be displayed and displaying a group image 245SG005v of characters A to C at the upper part of the image display device 5)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the visibility of the setting suggestion image can be ensured, and when the second specific image is displayed, the visibility of the second specific image can also be ensured. By directing both, the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of means 6 is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 5.
In the setting suggestion effect, the effect execution means can display a special setting suggestion image corresponding to the control of the advantageous state on the display means (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-37 (E), a reel effect. The part where the "7" symbol, which indicates that the variable display result is a big hit, can be stopped and displayed)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, attention to the setting suggestion effect can be increased, and the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 7 is the gaming machine according to the means 6.
The advantageous state has a first advantageous state (for example, a jackpot gaming state of jackpot A) and a second advantageous state that is more advantageous to the player than the first advantageous state.
The effect executing means can display a special setting suggestion image corresponding to the second advantageous state (for example, a jackpot gaming state of a jackpot B or a jackpot C) as the special setting suggestion image on the display means (for example, a modification). As shown in FIGS. 8-51 (C) and 8-51 (D) as Example 245SG-10, when the variable display result is a big hit and the big hit type is a big hit A, a white “7” is used as a reel effect. If the symbol can be stopped and displayed, the variable display result is a jackpot, and the jackpot type is jackpot B or jackpot C, the black "7" symbol can be stopped and displayed as a reel effect)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, attention to the setting suggestion effect can be further increased, and the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of means 8 is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 7.
The effect executing means includes a non-suggestion image (for example, a "bell" symbol) that does not suggest the setting, and as the setting suggestion image, a first setting suggestion image (for example, a "watermelon" symbol) and the first setting suggestion image. It is characterized in that it is possible to display a second setting suggestion image (for example, a “cherry” symbol) suggesting that a setting value more advantageous to the player is set.
According to this feature, it is possible to pay attention to the type of the image displayed in the setting suggestion effect, so that the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 9 is the gaming machine according to any one of the means 1 to the means 8.
The effect executing means is
As the advance notice effect, an effect in which the specific image is in a predetermined operation state (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-52 (C) as a modification 245SG-11, a plurality of characters right the display area of the image display device 5). It is possible to perform a group production that crosses from the direction to the left),
The setting suggestion image can be superimposed and displayed on the specific image in the predetermined operating state (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-52 (C) as a modified example 245SG-11, the image display device 5 In the part where the reel image 245SG005G is displayed with priority over the group production)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to prevent the visibility of the setting suggestion image from being lowered when the specific image is in a predetermined operation state.

The gaming machine of the means 10 is the gaming machine according to any one of the means 1 to the means 9.
A motion detecting means (for example, a stick controller 31A and a push button 31B) capable of detecting a predetermined motion of a player is provided.
The effect executing means is
It is possible to execute an operation promotion notification effect (for example, a portion displaying the operation promotion image 245SG005H in the image display device 5 as shown in FIG. 8-38 (B)) that prompts the execution of the predetermined operation.
As the advance notice effect, the specific image can be displayed based on the detection of the predetermined operation by the operation detection means, accompanied by the execution of the operation promotion notification effect (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-38, the advance notice effect). Is the image of the character A 245SG005s, the image of the character B 245SG005t, the image of the character C 245SG005u, and the characters A to C by operating the push button 31B after the operation promotion image 245SG005H is displayed on the image display device 5. The part where any of the group image 245SG005v is displayed),
As the setting suggestion effect, the setting suggestion image can be displayed based on the detection of the predetermined motion by the motion detection means without executing the motion promotion notification effect (for example, as shown in FIGS. 8-37). In the reel effect, the operation promotion image 245SG005H is not displayed on the image display device 5, and the player operates the stick controller 31A to display "cherry", "watermelon", "7", and "cherry" on the reel image 245SG005G. The part where one of the "Gekiatsu", "Chance", and "Bell" symbols is stopped and displayed)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the setting suggestion effect in which the setting suggestion image is suggested is not accompanied by the operation promotion notification effect, so that the player who is not interested in the setting suggestion does not execute the setting suggestion effect. Since the player who is interested in the setting suggestion can execute the setting suggestion effect, it is possible to execute the effect that suits the player's taste.

(Explanation of Invention 257SG)
In addition, the present invention includes the invention 257SG shown below.

Conventionally, in a gaming machine that can set a plurality of setting values having different advantages for the player, a setting suggestion effect for displaying characters such as a giraffe, an elephant, and a lion that suggest the set setting values is displayed at the time of change. (See, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-200902).

However, there is a problem that the effects other than the setting suggestion effect are not considered, and the improvement of the game entertainment by the setting suggestion effect may be insufficient. In order to solve such a problem, the invention 257SG is configured as follows.

The gaming machine of means 1 is
It is possible to control an advantageous state (for example, a jackpot gaming state) that is advantageous to the player, and it is possible to set one of a plurality of set values (for example, 1 to 6) having different advantages for the player. A game machine (for example, pachinko game machine 1)
A display means capable of displaying an image (for example, an image display device 5) and
Motion detection means (for example, stick controller 31A and push button 31B, ball striking operation handle 30) capable of detecting a predetermined motion of the player, and
An operation promotion notification effect for encouraging the execution of the predetermined operation (for example, a portion displaying the operation promotion image 245SG005H in the image display device 5 as shown in FIG. 8-38 (B)) and the predetermined operation by the operation detecting means. A specific effect for displaying a specific image on the display means based on the detection of the above, and an effect executing means (for example, a portion where the effect control CPU 120 executes the effect processing during variable display).
With
The specific effect includes a first specific effect (for example, a notice effect) accompanied by execution of the operation promotion notification effect and a second specific effect (for example, a reel effect) without execution of the operation promotion notification.
The specific image displayed in the second specific effect includes a setting suggestion image that makes a suggestion related to the setting suggestion (for example, in the reel effect, the reel image 245SG005G is provided with a "cherry" or "watermelon" symbol. The part that suggests the set value set in the pachinko game machine 1 by displaying the stop)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the second specific effect in which the setting suggestion image is suggested is not accompanied by the operation promotion notification effect, so that the second specific effect is not executed for the player who is not interested in the setting suggestion. On the other hand, since the second specific effect can be executed for the player who is interested in the setting suggestion, the effect that suits the player's taste can be executed.

The gaming machine of the means 2 is the gaming machine according to the means 1.
When the specific image displayed in the first specific effect and the specific image displayed in the second specific effect are displayed at the same time, the specific image displayed in the second specific effect is better. The reel image 245SG005G and the character A are displayed in the image display device 5 so as to have higher visibility than the specific image displayed in the first specific effect (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-39 (E)). When the group image 245SG005v of ~ C is displayed at the same time, the part where the reel is displayed with the image 245SG005G prioritized over the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the specific image displayed in the second specific effect is easier to see than the specific image displayed in the first specific effect, so that the player can easily make a guess about the setting suggestion, and the game is enjoyed. Can be improved.

The gaming machine of the means 3 is the gaming machine according to the means 1.
When the specific image displayed in the first specific effect and the specific image displayed in the second specific effect are displayed at the same time, the specific image displayed in the first specific effect and the first specific effect are displayed at the same time. 2 The specific images displayed in the specific effect are displayed in different display areas (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-49 as a modification 245SG-8, the reel image 245SG005G and the characters A to the image display device 5 When the group image 245SG005v of C is displayed at the same time, the reel image 245SG005G is displayed at the lower right of the image display device 5, and the group image 245SG005v of the characters A to C is displayed at the upper part of the image display device 5. )
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the visibility of both the specific image displayed in the first specific effect and the specific image displayed in the second specific effect is ensured, so that the first specific effect and the second specific effect can be assured. Since it is possible to prevent the production effect of one of the productions from being lowered, it is possible to improve the entertainment of the game.

The gaming machine of the means 4 is the gaming machine according to the means 1.
The effect executing means executes the second specific effect in an execution period different from the execution period of the first specific effect (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-53 as a modified example 245SG-12, the reel effect and the advance notice. The part where the production is performed in a different period)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it is possible to prevent the player from erroneously executing the specific effect that the player does not want among the first specific effect and the second specific effect by the predetermined action of the player, and to improve the game entertainment.

The gaming machine of the means 5 is the gaming machine according to any one of the means 1 to the means 4.
The motion detecting means has a first motion detecting means (for example, push button 31B) capable of detecting the predetermined motion and a second motion detecting means capable of detecting the predetermined motion but different from the first motion detecting means. Means (eg, stick controller 31A) and include.
The effect executing means can execute the first specific effect based on the detection of the predetermined motion by the first motion detecting means, and the second motion detecting means detects the predetermined motion. The specific effect can be executed (for example, as shown in FIGS. 8-31 to 8-34, the effect control CPU 120 can execute the advance notice effect based on the operation of the push button 31B, and the stick controller 31A can execute the advance notice effect. The part where the reel effect can be executed based on the operation)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, since the motion detection means for detecting the predetermined motion of the player is different between the first specific effect and the second specific effect, the player does not want the first specific effect and the second specific effect. It is possible to surely avoid the erroneous execution of a specific effect and improve the game entertainment.

The gaming machine of means 6 is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 5.
The motion detecting means includes a game operation detecting means (for example, a ball striking operation handle 30) capable of detecting an operation based on the progress of the game, and an effect operation detecting means (for example, a stick controller 31A and a push) capable of detecting an operation based on the effect. Button 31B), including
The first specific effect and the second specific effect are effects executed based on the detection of the predetermined action of the player by the effect operation detecting means (for example, the reel effect and the advance notice effect). , The part that is executed based on the operation of the stick controller and roller 31A and the push button 31B by the player)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, it can be distinguished from the movement related to the progress of the game.

The gaming machine of means 7 is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 6.
Normal variable display (for example, non-reach, normal reach, and super reach variable display) in which variable display can be executed and the variable display period is a predetermined period, and shortened variable display in which the variable display period is shorter than the predetermined period (for example, variable display). For example, a variable display means (for example, a part where the CPU 103 executes a special symbol variation process) capable of executing a shortened non-reach out-of-reach variable display) and
Each time the variable display is executed, a determining means capable of determining whether or not to execute the second specific effect when the predetermined operation is detected by the operation detecting means (for example, the effect control CPU 120 is shown in FIG. 8-. The part that executes the reel effect determination process shown in 20) and
With
The effect period of the second specific effect is a period corresponding to the variable display period of the shortened variable display (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-31, execution of the reel effect including the operation acceptance period of the stick controller 31A. The period is shorter than the non-reach out-of-reach special map fluctuation time)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the second specific effect can be executed even when the motion detecting means detects a predetermined motion of the player during the shortened variable display, so that the second specific effect is executed for each execution of the variable display. It is possible to increase the execution rate of the production.

The gaming machine of means 8 is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 7.
An execution frequency changing means capable of changing the execution frequency of the second specific effect by the effect executing means is provided (for example, as shown in FIG. 8-54 as a modified example 245SG-13, the effect is produced by the player's operation. The part in which the mode can be selected between the first effect mode and the second effect mode in which the execution decision ratio of the reel effect is different)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the player can adjust the execution frequency of the second specific effect to a desired frequency, so that the game entertainment can be improved.

The gaming machine of means 9 is the gaming machine according to any one of means 1 to 8.
The effect executing means is different from the second specific effect in a display area different from the display area where the setting suggestion image is displayed in the display means, and can execute the suggestion effect that suggests the setting. (For example, as shown in FIG. 8-55 as a modification 245SG-14, a cut-in effect can be performed by the pattern CI-3 or the pattern CI-5 in the upper part of the image display device 5).
At least one of the reliability and the execution frequency of the suggested effect is different from that of the second specific effect (for example, the rate at which the pattern CI-3 or the pattern CI-5 is executed as the cut-in effect is used as the effect result of the reel effect. The part where the "cherry" and "watermelon" symbols are different from the stop display ratio)
It is characterized by that.
According to this feature, the suggestion effect and the second specific effect make it easier for the player to make a guess about the setting suggestion, so that the game interest can be improved.

1 Pachinko game machine 4A 1st special symbol display device 4B 2nd special symbol display device 5 Image display device 103 CPU
120 Production control CPU

Claims (2)

A gaming machine that can be controlled to an advantageous state that is advantageous to the player and can be set to any of a plurality of set values that have different advantages for the player.
Display means that can display images and
An effect execution means capable of executing a notice effect suggesting that the control is performed in an advantageous state and a setting suggestion effect suggesting a set value.
With
The setting suggestion effect is an effect in which a setting suggestion image, which is an effect image that does not include a display capable of specifying a set setting value, can be displayed at any of a plurality of setting values, and is set. It is possible to suggest the set value by displaying the setting suggestion image at a different ratio according to the set value.
Wherein the informational display of the specific image is displayed on the display unit, and the setting suggested production which is smaller the setting suggestion image differently than the image and the specific image is displayed on the display means with said specific image, is the presentation When executed in parallel by the executing means, the setting suggestion image is displayed preferentially by being superimposed on the specific image so as to be on the player side of the specific image, thereby displaying the setting. A gaming machine characterized in that a suggestion image is displayed so as to have higher visibility than the specific image. Equipped with motion detection means that can detect a player's predetermined motion,
The effect executing means is
While the operation promotion notification effect for prompting the execution of the predetermined operation can be executed when the advance notice effect is executed, it is not executed when the setting suggestion effect is executed.
It is possible to execute a notice effect for displaying the specific image based on the detection of a predetermined operation by the operation detection means in association with the execution of the operation promotion notification effect.
It is possible to execute the setting suggestion effect of displaying the setting suggestion image based on the detection of the predetermined motion by the motion detection means without the execution of the motion promotion notification effect.
The gaming machine according to claim 1.

Images